United States
Environmental
Protection Agency
Office of Air Quality      EPA 453/R-02-001
Planning and Standards •     February 2002
Research Triangle Park, 27711
Air
Guidelines  for  MACT
Determinations  under
Section 112 (j)  Requirements

-------

-------
[This  page  intentionally left blank]

-------
                            ABSTRACT




     Section 112 (j) of the Clean Air Act as amended in 1990




requires owners or operators of major sources to apply for a




Title V permit should the Environmental Protection Agency fail to




promulgate emission standards for an applicable source category




within 18 months after the date specified in the regulatory




schedule established through Section 112 (e) of the Act.  The




Title V permit that is issued must require the owner or operator




to meet a maximum achievable control technology (MACT) emission  .




limitation for all hazardous air pollutant (HAP) emissions within




the source category.  Regulations to implement Section 112 (j) are




codified in 40 CFR Part 63, Subpart B.  This document provides




guidance for complying with these regulations by Identifying and




evaluating control technology options to determine the MACT




emission limitation.  In this document,- the term "control




technology" is defined broadly to be consistent with section




112(d)(2) of the Clean,Air Act to include measures, processes,




methods, systems or techniques which reduce the volume of, or




eliminate emissions of,  HAP through process changes, substitution




of materials or other modifications; enclose systems or processes




to eliminate emissions;  collect, capture or treat HAP when




released from a process, stack, storage or fugitive emissions

-------
point; are design, equipment, work practice, or operational



standards; or' a combination of the above.

-------
                        Table of Contents
Introduction

Chapter 1.0
Chapter 2.0
Chapter 3.0
 Chapter 5.0
An Overview of the MACT Determination Process for
Section 112 (j) . ..... ...... •  •  •  • ' 1~1
1.1  Overview of Statutory Requirements   .  .  . 1-1
l".2  Overview of the Section 112 (j) Regulatory
     Requirements  ...... ........  • 1-4
1.3  Affected Source and New Affected Source
                    Review
                                         1-11

                                          2-1
                                         , 2-1
                                         , 2-3
                                         . 2-5
Available Information 	 2-8
Gener.al Permits ......-'	2-9
The MACT Determination	
2.1  Criteria for the MACT'Determination
2.2  Compliance Provisions 	
2.3  Approaches to the  MACT Determination
2.4
2.5
The MACT Analysis   	
3.1  Overview of the MACT Analysis  Process  .
3.2  A Detailed Look at  the MACT Analysis
3.3  Determining the MACT Emission  Unit  and
     "Affected Source" *.	
3.4  Similar Emission Units   	
3.5  Subcategorization*  .  .	.•••••
Chapter  4.0     The MACT  Floor  Finding
 4.1   Calculation  of  the  MACT  Floor  .......
 4.2   Method  1-  Computing the  MACT Floor  Using
      Existing State  and  Local Regulations   .  .
 4.3   Method  2 - Computing the MACT  Floor Using
      Control Efficiency  Ratings   	
 4.4   Method  3 - Computing the MACT  Floor Using
      Emission Reduction  Ratios 	  4-9
 4.5   Technology Approach	4-12
 4.6   Other Methods to Compute the MACT Floor  .4-13

 The  MACT Emission Limitation  and Permit  Conditions
                          •  ••«••"••**
 5.1   MACT Emission Limitation  ........  5-1
 5.2   Alternative  Ways to Comply'	5-5
 5.3   Applicable Monitoring,  Reporting,
      Recordkeeping,  and  Compliance  	  5-6

-------
 Chapter  6.0     Costs,  Non-Air'Quality Health and Environmental
                Impacts and  Energy Impacts  	  6-1
                6.1   Cost  Impacts	:	_    g_3
                ,6.2   Environmental Impacts'	  6-6
                6.3   Energy  Impacts   .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . ; 6-8

 Chapter  7.0     Sources of Information	rf     .  .  .  .'.  7-1

 Appendix A      Examples of MACT Analyses	' .  .  .  . -^-1

 Appendix B      Federal Register Notice on  Determining  an Average
                Emission Limitation for Existing-Sources, June  6
                1994 . (59 FR 29196)	.......  B-l

Appendix C      Example Notice of MACT Approval'	    c-1

Appendix D      Federal^Register Notice on  Final Amendments to
                Regulations Governing Equivalent Emission
               Limitations by Permit	 D-l

-------
                         LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1  Sources in Existence and Subject to 112(j) at Deadline
          for Source Category    . .	 1-9

Figure 2  Source Becomes Subject to  112 (j) After the 112(j)
          Deadline but Before Issuance of Permit   .....  1-10
Figure 3  The MACT Analysis
                                                               3-4
                                111

-------
IV

-------
                           Introduction
     The purpose of this manual is to provide State and local



agencies with guidance for establishing the case-by-case maximum




achievable control technology  (MACT) determinations required by




Section 112 (j) of the Clean Air Act in the event that EPA should



miss the deadline for promulgating a Section.112(d) standard by



more than 18 months.  As with any guidance, this document does



not impose legally binding requirements for either the permitting



authority or an owner or operator.  For a complete understanding



of the regulatory requirements, readers should refer to the




General Provisions for National Emission Standards for Hazardous •



Air Pollutants for Source Categories  (40 CFR Part  63, Subpart A)



and sections  63.50 through 63.56 implementing the  Section 112 (j)




requirements  (40 CFR Part 63,  Subpart B).                     •



     This manual is divided into seven chapters  and four



appendices.   Chapter 1 of this manual provides an  overview of the




statutory and regulatory requirements and discusses the



procedures for applying for a  Notice  of MACT Approval.  Chapter .2



outlines the  criteria a permitting  authority should use when



evaluating applications as well as  possible approaches permitting




authorities may use for determining•the appropriate level of



control for each source.  Chapter 3 describes a  process for



selecting control technology that meets the criteria discussed  in
                                 v

-------
 Chapter 2.  Chapter  4 provides a detailed  discussion  on  -




 determining the minimum level of control that can be  MACT  for  the




 source (the MACT floor).  Chapter 5 briefly discusses some




 calculation procedures for the equivalent  (MACT) .emission




 limitation.  Chapter 6 describes the analysis that may be




 required to assess the costs of achieving the emission reduction,




 and any non-air quality health and environmental impacts and




 energy requirements associated with use of different control




 options.   Chapter 7 discusses sources that may assist in the




 collection of  available information.




      Appendix  A illustrates  examples  for defining a  MACT-affected




 emission unit,  and  selecting a control  technology to meet MACT.




 Appendix B contains the June 6,  1994 • Federal  Real .sf-.P.r clarifying




 EPA's  use  of the  word "average"  to determine  how an  average




 emission limitation should be  computed  for  existing  sources.




 Appendix C provides a suggested  format  for  the Notice  of  MACT




 Approval,  which the permitting authority may issue" consistent'




 with the requirements in 40 CFR 63.54 of Subpart B.  Finally,




Appendix D  contains the Federal Register notice on-the final




amendments  to Regulations Governing Equivalent Emission



Limitations by Permit.                                •




     While the examples and methodologies in this guidance




attempt to illustrate ways the EPA may determine the  emission




limitation for  the purposes of a national Section 112(d)  emission
                               VI

-------
standard, they may not represent the only methodology or they may



not be the best methodology for establishing a MACT emission



limitation.  The methods used to establish an emission standard




or case-by-case MACT emission limitation will be highly dependent



upon the amount and type of information available, the complexity




of the source, and the number of feasible control options.  In



some instances, a permitting authority's control technology




determination procedures may yield the appropriate level of



control without specifically following this guidance or making a




MACT floor finding.  The EPA is less concerned with the actual



methodologies used, and more concerned that the outcome requires




sources to comply with an emission limitation based on MACT.



     Also, throughout this manual, the reader, will find that the



roles and  responsibilities in the case-by-case MACT determination




have been  delineated between the permitting authority and the



permit applicant.  This delineation of roles and  responsibilities




is intended  to indicate a lead  role, but is not intended to



establish  any  solfe responsibilities.  Permitting  authorities and




applicants should  recognize that establishing the  appropriate



level of control is an iterative process that will require on-



going communication and exchange of- information between the




permitting authority  and the applicant.



      In  summary, the  EPA encourages State  and local agencies to




cooperatively use  this guidance, methods used by  the  EPA  in
                               •Vll

-------
developing Section 112(d).MACT standards, and various State




control technology determination procedures to'establish timely,



accurate,  and consistent MACT emission limitations.
                            • vi iz

-------
                           Chapter 1.0

                       An Overview of the
                   MACT Determination Process
                       for  Section 112(j)
1.1  Overview of Statutory Requirements

     Beginning after the effective date of an approved permit

program, Section 112 (j) of the Clean Air Act as amended in 1990 .

(the Act) requires an owner or operator of a major source to

submit either a new Title V permit application or revise an

existing permit if such major source incorporates.a source

category for which the promulgation deadline for a relevant

Section 112(d) or 112(h) standard has been, missed .by 18 months.

The promulgation deadline for each source  category was

established through the regulatory schedule in accordance with

Section 112(e) of the Act.  A final regulatory schedule was

published on December  3, 1993 in the Federal Register  (58 FR

63941).  To obtain the most current list of categories of sources

to be  regulated under  Section 112 of the Act, or  to obtain the

most recent regulation promulgation schedule established pursuant

to Section  112(e) of  the Act, contact the  Office  of the Director,

Emission Standards Division, Office of Air Quality Planning and

Standards,  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency  (C504-03),

Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711. •

     Section  112 (j)  also requires States or local agencies with

approved permit programs to  issue permits  or revise existing

                                1-1

-------
 permits for all of these major sources.  These permits must

 contain either an equivalent emission limitation or an alternate

 emission limitation for the control of hazardous air pollutants

 (HAP)  from the equipment within the source category.  An

 equivalent emission limitation,  also referred to as a MACT

 emission limitation,  will be determined on a case-by-case basis

 by the permitting authority for each source category that becomes

 subject to the provisions of Section 112(j).   The MACT emission

 limitation will be "equivalent"  to  the. emission  limitation that

 the  source category would'have  been subject to if a relevant

 standard had been promulgated under Section 112(d)  (or

 Section 112 (h)) .                '     .

     In accordance  with  Section  112(d), the MACT  emission

 limitation will  require  a maximum degree of reduction  of HAP

 emissions, taking  into consideration the costs of achieving such

 emission  reductions and  any non-air  quality health  and

 environmental  impacts and energy requirements.  For new sources,

 the MACT  emission limitation will be no less stringent than the

 emission  control that is achieved in practice by the best

 controlled similar source.  For.existing sources the MACT

emission limitation will be no less  stringent than:

     1.  The average emission limitation achieved by the best
    •performing 12 percent of the existing sources  (for which  the
     Administrator has emissions,information),' excluding those
     sources that have,  within 18 months before the emission
     standard is proposed or within  30 months before such
     standard is promulgated,  whichever is later,  first achieved

                               1-2

-------
     a level of emission rate or emission reduction which
     complies, or would comply if the source is not subject to
     such standard, with the lowest achievable emission rate  (as
     defined by Section 171  (of the Act) )  applicable to the
     source category and prevailing at the time, in the category
     or subcategory for categories and subcategories with 30 or
     more sources;  or,

     2.  The average emission limitation achieved by the best
     performing 5 sources  (for which the Administrator has or
     could reasonably obtain emissions information) in the
     category or subcategory for categories or subcategories with
     fewer than 30 sources.  (Sections 112 (d) (3) (A) and (B) of
     the Act.)                 .

These minimum requirements for the MACT emission limitation for

new and existing sources are termed the "maximum achievable

control technology (MACT) floor".

     An alternate emission limitation is a voluntary emission

limitation that an owner or operator of a major source has agreed

to achieve through the early reductions program (see 57 FR 61970;

December 29, 1992).  (This regulation is codified in Subpart D,

40 CFR 63.70.)  The alternate emission limitation can be written

into the permit in lieu of an equivalent emission .limitation only

if the source has achieved the required reduction in HAP

emissions before the missed promulgation deadline for the

relevant Section 112(d)  (or 112(h)) standard.

     Section 112 (j) also requires the EPA to establish

requirements for owners or operators and reviewing agencies to

carry out the intent of Section 112 (j).  These, re'gulatory

requirements are contained- in Chapter 40,  Part 63, Subpart B of

the Code of Federal Regulations.

                               1-3

-------
 1.2  Overview  of  the  Section  112 (j)  Regulatory Requirements




     The  owner or operator  of a major  source  is required  to apply




 for a Title V  permit  or permit revision,  when the  statutory




 deadline  for a relevant Section 112(d)  emission standard  is




 missed by 18 months.  The content  of applications, details  of  the




 application approval  process,  timing of submittals, reviews, and




 permit issuance are in sections 63.52  and 63.53  of the




 Section 112(j)  rule.                             •




     The  application  f or' a  case-by-case MACT  determination  is  a




 two-part  process.  Part 1 of  the application  requests very  basic




 information about  the affected source;  the substantive




 information required by the permitting  authority to make  its MACT




 determination  is  tied to submittal of the -Part 2 application.




 The application content for a MACT determination is contained  in




 section 63.53.  Information available as :of the  date on which  the




 first Part 2 MACT  application is filed  for a  source in the




 relevant  source.category or subcategory in the State or




 jurisdiction will be considered- by the permitting authority in




making its case-by-case MACT determination.  The definition of




 "available information" in section 63.51 specifies the'type of




information and sources of information available to the affected




source owner or operator for use in completing the application or




to the permitting authority in determining the terms  and




conditions of case-by-case MACT.                      •
                               1-4

-------
     The cutoff date for what information may be considered by


the permitting authority is in the context of the development of


control technologies that could be considered in the MACT floor


determination.  The definition does not preclude the permitting


authority from considering information that was brought to its


attention after the cutoff date through public comment or other


means, so long as the information  (e.g., control technology) had
          *

been developed prior to the cutoff date.


     The following is a synopsis of the approval process under


several scenarios for existing sources, affected sources, and new


affected sources as described in section 63.52 of the rule.  This


synopsis includes situations where an affected source is subject


to Section 112(g)  requirements and later becomes subject to ,  .


Section 112(j) and area sources become major affected sources


subject to Section 112 (j).  This synopsis is provided for


information purposes only.  To the extent the reader identifies


any potential conflicts or errors compared to the actual 'rule


language,  the language in Subpart B governs.


Sources in existence at the Section 112(j)  deadline:


     (1)   The owner or operator can reasonably determine- the


affected source is subject to the Section 112 (j)  rule and submits


the Part 1 application as described under Section 63.53(a)  of the


rule by the Section 112 (j)  deadline.
                               1-5

-------
      (2)   If  an  owner  or  operator  submits  a Part 1 application in




error,  the State is  responsible  for  notifying them that they are




not subject to Section 112 (j).   (That  is,  the source is'not in a




category  or subcategory subject  to Section 112 Cg ) ) .




      (3)   The owner  or operator  of the affected  source  who  does




not submit a  Part 1  application  is notified by the State that




he/she  is  subject .to the  Section 112(j)  rule and submits the Part




1 MACT  application within 30 days  of the notification.   Owners or




operators  who can reasonably determine they are  subject and do




not submit an application may be subject to enforcement action.




      (4)   The affected source has  a Title  V permit or .application




that addresses Section 112(g) emission limitation  requirements:




               affected source has a Section 112(g)  MACT .




               determination and submits Part  1  MACT application.




               per timing in (1) or  (3)  above;




               affected source has an  application  and completes




               the Title V permit  process'under  Section 112(g)..




               Within  30  days.of issuance  of the Title  V permit




               containing the Section  112(g) MACT  determination,




               affected source submits the  Part  1 MACT




               application.




Sources that become subject after the  Section 112(j) deadline and




do not have a Title V permit addressing the Section  112(j)




requirements:







                               1-6

-------
      (1)  Installation at a major source or installation that




results in the source becoming a major source, but Section  112(g)




is not triggered.  The owner or operator submits the Part 1 MACT




application within 30 days of startup.




      (2)  The owner or operator has a Title V permit or      . "  • _.




application satisfying the requirements of Section 112(g).  The




owner or operator submits the Part 1 MACT application within




30 days of issuance of the Title V permit that addresses the




emission limitation requirements of Section 112(g).




      (3)  Area source becomes major as a result of change in




potential to emit (PTE),  Source submits a Part 1 MACT




application for a Title V permit or an application for a Title V




permit revision within 30 days after such source becomes a major




source.,




      (4)  Area source becomes major as a result of a lesser




quantity emission rate established by the Administrator.  Source




submits a Part 1 MACT application for a Title V permit- or Title V




permit .revision within 6 months after such source becomes a major




source.




Sources that become subject after the Section 112(j)  deadline and




have a Title V permit addressing the requirements of Section




112 (j):




      (1)  If the "event" is covered by the permit,  then th'e




affected source owner or operator complies with the permit;






                               1-7

-------
      (2)  If the  "event" is not covered by the permit,  then  the-




existing source,submits a Part 1 MACT application  for a revision




to the permit within 30 days of .beginning construction.




Requests for applicability determinations and for Notice of MACT




Approval:




      (1)  If a source owner or operator is unsure whether any of




the above scenarios apply, then he/she may submit a Part 1 MACT'




application to ask the State for an applicability determination.




      (2)  Owners or operators of new affected sources-can obtain




preconstruction review through an application for a Notice of




MACT approval under section 63.54 of the rule.




     Figures 1 and 2 illustrate the 'obligations and associated




timing requirements of sources subject to Section 112(j)




requirements.

-------
  112(j) Deadline
  5/15/02*


  No Later Than
  5/15/04*


  No Later Than
  7/15,04*
   No Later Than
   1/15/06*
   No LaterThan
   1/15/09*
—Parti Application Due
— Part 2 Application Due
   Part2 Completeness
   Determination Made
  -Issue 112{j) Permit with
  Case-By-Case MACT
	Comply with Existing Source
  MACT
Figure 1. Sources in Existence and Subject to Section
    112(j) at D ead lin e fo r So urce C ateg ory
            (orSubcategory)


  * D^tes represent latest dde possible for compliance
                       1-9

-------
               May 15,2002
             "112(j) Deadline"
             Startup

              T Not more than 30 days
         Part 1 Application
                Not more than 24 months
         Part 2 Application
                Not more than 2 months
          Part 2 Completeness
             Determination
              JNot more than 18 months
           Issue Revised 112(j)
         Permit with Case-by-Case
                 MACT
              f Not more than 3 years
           Comply with Existing
              Source MACT
  Figure 2. Source Becomes Subject to
Section 112(j) After the 112(j) Deadline but
       before Issuance of Permit
                1-10

-------
1.3  Affected Source and New Affected Source Review


     In some instances an owner/operator may be "required to


obtain preconstruction review or provide notice of intent to


change a source subject to Section 112(j).  If an owner or


operator is not required to obtain or revise a Title V- permit


before construction of the new affected source  (and has not


elected to do so), but the new affected source is covered.by any
          »                                      •

preconstruction or pre-operation review requirements established


pursuant to Section 112(g)'of the Act, then the preconstruction


review requirements under Section 112(g) would fulfill the


requirements of Section 112(j).  If  the hew affected source  is


not  covered by Section  112(g), the permitting authority,  in  its


discretion, may issue a Notice of MACT Approval,  or the      . .


equivalent, consistent  with the  requirements, in 40 CFR 63.54 of


Subpart B before  construction or operation of the new  affected-


source.  Appendix C provides  a suggested  format for the Notice of


MACT Approval.   If a  Section  112(j)  case-by-case  MACT


determination  has been  made  for  such a  source,  it will include a


determination  of  existing  source MACT and new source MACT as well


as the applicability  of new  source MACT.  Such  a  case-by-case


determination  is  the  basis  for preconstruction  review. This


process  would- require owners  and operators  of major  sources  to


undergo preconstruction review before constructing  a new  affected


 source or reconstructing  an  affected source, 'if construction is



                               1-11-

-------
to commence after the Section•112(j) deadline.  Details of the




requirements for the approval process for affected sources and




new affected sources are described in Section 63.52 of Subpart B;




preconstruction review procedures for new affected sources are




described in Section 63.54.  Regardless of the review process,




the MACT determination must be consistent with the principles




established in Section 63.55.
                              1-12

-------
                           Chapter 2.0




                      The MACT Determination









2.1  Criteria for the MACT Determination




     The process of determining an equivalent  (MACT) emission




limitation is called a MACT determination.  For MACT




determinations under Section 112 (j), the MACT emission limitation




should be comparable to the emission limitation(s) or




requirements that would likely be imposed if a Section 112(d) or




Section 112(h) emission standard had been promulgated for that




source category.  The Clean Air Act sets forth specific criteria




for setting a hazardous air pollutant emission standard under




Section 112(d) and Section 112(h).•  These criteria should also be




used when establishing the MACT emission limitation under




Section 112 (j).




     Permit conditions created through Section 112 (j) of the Act




should establish limitations that:




     1)   Are no less stringent than the MACT floor when a MACT




          floor can be determined;  and,




     2) -  Achieve a maximum degree of HAP.emission reduction with




          consideration to the cost of achieving such .emission




          reductions, and the non-air-quality health and




          environmental impacts, and energy requirements; and,
                               2-1

-------
3)
4)
           Limit  the quantity,  rate,  or concentration of HAP




           emissions on. a continuous  basis;  or,
           Designate specific design,  equipment,  wo.rk practice,




           operational  standard,  or a  combination thereof,  that




           achieves  a maximum degree of emission  reduction,  when




           it  is  not .practicable  (economically or technologically)




           to  prescribe a  specific  numerical  emission limitation.




     The MACT emission limitation  could be expressed as  a




numerical  emission  limitation on the  total quantity  of HAP




emissions  from the  source  in tons  per year  (tpy),  a  production




ratio  (e.g.,  10  Ibs  of HAP/100 Ibs  of polymer),  or as a




concentration limit  (e.g., 10-ppm  HAP).  The  MACT  emission




limitation could also  be a performance  standard  based on the




expected efficiency of  MACT  in reducing HAP emissions.  For  •*




example, a source may  be required to  reduce emissions by 90




percent from  a 1990 baseline  or  to  achieve a  specified reduction




from 'uncontrolled emission rates.   The MACT emission limitation




can also be based on a  design, equipment,  work practice,




operational standard, or any  combination of these.  In some  '  •




cases,  the EPA found that it  is appropriate to require a source




to use a high efficiency spray gun  in the coating process;  to




conduct a leak detection and repair program for.various items of




equipment;  or to install a floating roof with primary and
                         2-2

-------
secondary seals on a storage tank in lieu of establishing a




numerical emission limitation.



     If an individual hazardous air pollutant is of particular •




concern, a MACT limitation may also be placed on that pollutant



based on the expected level of reduction with MACT in place.




Reviewing agencies should consider whether it is appropriate to



impose such a Limitation on a specific hazardous air pollutant.



     In addition to specifying the MACT emission limitation, the



permit should establish the terms and conditions that are



necessary to make the emission limitation federally enforceable.



as a legal and practical matter.  This involves establishing



appropriate operational and/or monitoring parameters to ensure



compliance with the MACT emission limitation.  The following



section discusses compliance provisions in greater detail.
2.2  Compliance Provisions




     Each Title V permit' and Notice of MACT Approval must contain




sufficient testing, monitoring, reporting, and recordkeeping




requirements to assure compliance with the MACT emission




limitation.




     When the permit or Notice of MACT Approval requires an add-




on control, operating parameters and' assumptions that can be used




to determine the efficiency of the device or its emission rate




should be specified.  For example, a source may have a MACT







                               2-3

-------
 emission limitation that requires a control device to be




 installed and operated at a 95-percent emission reduction




 efficiency.   An operational limit on the range of temperatures




 that  the device can be operated under could be sufficient to




 ensure  compliance,  if  operating the control device' within this




 temperature  range  ensures that  the device achieves a 95-percent




 destruction  efficiency.




      If establishing operating  parameters for  control equipment •




 is infeasibl'e in a  particular situation,  a short, term emission




 limit  (e.g.,  Ibs/hr) would 'be sufficient  provided that such




 limits,  reflect  the  operation of the control  equipment,  and




 additional requirements  are imposed to  install, maintain,  and




 operate  a continuous emission monitoring  system  (CEMS)  or  other




 periodic monitoring  that  yields  sufficiently reliable  data to




 determine the source's compliance  with .the MACT emission',



 limitation.                                        .         •




     If parameter monitoring .of  the process is infeasible  due'to




 the wide variety of operating conditions, emission limits  coupled




 with a requirement to calculate  daily emissions may be required.




 For.instance, a source could be  required to keep the records of




 the daily emission calculation,   including daily quantities and




the HAP content of each coating used.




     For limitations to be enforceable as a practical matter, the




limitations should extend over the shortest practicable time
                               2-4

-------
period, generally not to exceed one month.  If it is not



practicable to place a monthly limit on the source, a longer time



can be used with a rolling average period.  However, the limit




should not exceed an annual limit rolled on a monthly basis.



     In addition to conveying practical enforceability' of a MACT




emission limitation, the Title V permit or Notice of MACT



Approval should require testing or monitoring that yields data



that are representative of the source's operations and can be



used to certify the source's compliance with the terms and



conditions of the Title V permit or Notice of MACT Approval.



Testing or monitoring must be performed in a manner to ensure




that the limitations are achieved at all -times, except during



startup, shutdown, or malfunction.  Such testing or monitoring.



requirements may be in the form of continuous emission monitoring



systems, continuous opacity monitoring systems, or periodic



monitoring.  If periodic testing is required, the specific EPA-



approved method or equivalent method that is to be used should be




specified in the permit or notice.
2.3  Approaches to the MACT Determination




     When the Administrator fails to promulgate a standard by the




promulgation deadline, the EPA. intends to make all non-



confidential information collected during the development of a




source category standard available to the public.  If the
                               2-5

-------
Administrator has conducted a MACT floor finding, this analysis




will be made available as well.  Information will, be conveyed




either through a Federal Register notice, a. background "




information document,. .the Technology Transfer Network  (TTN), or




other available mechanism.                        -.           •




     A permitting authority could use several different




approaches for the MACT determination process.  For example, a




permitting authority could wait until all' applications for




permits are received to determine the equivalent emission




limitations that would apply to all of the sources within its




jurisdiction.  Or,  a permitting authority or a group of




permitting, authorities could conduct a "MACT analysis" based on




available information before the first Part 2 MACT application is




filed for a source in the relevant source category or subcategory




in the State or jurisdiction.  ,




     The 'first approach requires less upfront coordination on the




part of the permitting'authority and is likely to be used when,




the EPA fails to collect sufficient information on the source




category or subcategory during the standards development process.




Once the permit applications are received,  information from each




application can be compiled to determine the appropriate




emissions control level.   When this approach is used,'the EPA




strongly encourages different  permitting authorities to share




information received through the. permit application process.
                               2-6

-------
After the appropriate  level  of  control  is  determined  using  the




permit application information, permit  applicants may need  to




submit additional information to demonstrate  how the  required




emission reductions will be.met so that permit  terms  and




conditions can be developed.




     The second approach is  most likely to be used when there is




a substantial amount of information already available for a




source category or subcategory, or when the EPA has already




proposed standards for that  source category or.  subcategory.




Based on this available information, the permitting authority (or




coalition of permitting authorities) could conduct a  MACT




analysis (See Chapter 3) to  determine the appropriate level of




control for each source.  This control  level could be made




federally enforceable for all sources in the category through the




use of general permits, or each applicant' could undergo a




separate review in the Title V permitting process.  Section 2.5




discusses the concept of general permits in greater detail.




     RegardJLess of the approach taken to issue or revise Title V




permits under Section 112 (j), permitting authorities  are reminded




that the equivalent emission limitation is to be determined on a




case-by-case basis for each source.category or subcategory for




which a Section 112 (j)  MACT determination is required.  This




determination should be viewed as a "source category-by-source




category" determination and terms and conditions in each permit
                               2-7

-------
issued should  yield  an  essentially  equivalent  degree  of  emission

reductions  for all affected  sources in  the  category or

subcategory.                                  •        •
2.4  Available Information

     Section 112 (j) states that permits  issued pursuant  to

Section 112 (j) shall contain an equivalent emission limitation.

This emission limitation is to be  "equivalent" to that which the

source would have been subject had an applicable Section 112(d)

or Section 112(h) emission standard been promulgated.  In order

to establish an emission limitation that would be equivalent, the

permitting authority must determine 'the equivalent emission

limitation with consideration of the MACT floor using available

information-as defined in 40 CFR 63.51.       .    ,

     It is not necessary for the MACT floor to be determined

based on emissions information from every existing source in the

source category or subcategory if such information is not

available.  The permitting authority,  however, should check with

EPA' Regional Offices and EPA- Headquarters for any available

information that could be used in determining the MACT floor.

Once a permitting authority has obtained available information,
                                             »
the MACT floor can be determined using this information if it is

representative of the source category•or subcategory.   For

example,  suppose there are 100 sources in a source category or
                               2-8

-------
subcategory.  Control technology X and Y are generally considered



to achieve the greatest amount of emission reductions among




existing sources.  Thirty sources in the category'use these



technologies.  The MACT floor could be determined based on these



technologies, even if information was not available on the other




seventy sources.                       .   '
2.5 General Permits




     A general permit is a type of Title V permit.  A single




general permit could be issued by a permitting authority to cover




a number of sources.  The specific requirements for a general




permit are contained in 40 CFR Part 70.6(d).




     The general permit can be written to set forth requirements




for an entire source category or subcategory, or portion of the




source category or subcategory.  The facilities that are covered




by the general permit,  should be homogenous in terms of




operations, processes,  and emissions.  In addition, the




facilities should have 'essentially similar operations or




processes and emit pollutants with similar characteristics. .The




facilities should be subject to. the same or substantially similar




requirements governing operations,  emissions monitoring,




reporting, or recordkeeping.




     Because the case-by-case determination under Section 112(j)




is a source category-by-source category determination of an
                               2-9

-------
 equivalent emission  limitation,  the permitting  authority could




 use the general permit  as  a mechanism  to  issue  Title  V  permits to




 the entire source category or subcategory,  or specific  components




 within the source category or subcategory.  By  using  this




 mechanism, a permitting authority would not be  required to  issue




 individual permits to sources covered  by  the general  permit.




 Also, once the general permit has been issued and after




 opportunity for public participation,  EPA review, and  affected




 State review, the permitting authority may grant or deny a.




 source's request to be covered by a general permit without




 further outside review.




      Major sources that do not require a  specific Title V permit




•• for any other reason, could be covered by the general permit




 indefinitely.  For a major source that already-has. a Title V




 permit,  the owner or operator can apply for coverage under the




 general permit,  and then incorporate the general permit  '




 requirements  into the source  specific' permit through an




 administrative amendment at permit  renewal.




      General  permits- would not be an appropriate'mechanism to




 issue permit  conditions  if the terms and conditions  necessary to




 establish  federal  enforceability as. a  legal  and  practical matter




 might  vary from  source, to  source within the  category.   For




 instance,  if  a MACT  emission  limitation restricted emissions- from.




 multiple emission  points within  the  source category  or
                               2-10

-------
subcategory and the number of. emission points varied from major



source to major source, a general permit may not be appropriate.
                               2-11

-------
2-12

-------
                           Chapter 3.0




                        The MA.CT Analysis
     For most source categories, the process by which the




permitting authority will determine the appropriate level of




control involves a number of different determinations.  First,




the emission points at the major source that are related to the




activities and equipment in a source category or subcategory must




be identified.  There may be a number of emitting activities and




equipment at a single major source.  In some cases, not all of




these emissions are from a single source category or subcategory.




Only the emission points in the source category of subcategory




undergoing the Section 112 (-j)  MACT. determination are subject to




control through an equivalent emission limitation.




     The collection of equipment and/or activities in the source




category or subcategory at the source subject to Section 112 (j)




is the affected source as defined in-40 CFR 63.2.  An affected




source may have only one emission unit comprised of all of the




emission points; or, it may have several emission units each




comprised of some portions of the total number of emission points




in the source category or subcategory.  In this context the term




"emission unit" is equipment or a grouping of equipment for which




a floor determination and MACT will be determined.  Note that




this term has no regulatory or statutory meaning under Section
                               3-1

-------
 112 (j).'  It  is  used here  for  convenience.   E'xisting source .MACT

 and new source  MACT and their respective applicability must be

 determined for  the  affected source  and new affected source

 consistent with 40  CFR 63.2,  40  GFR 63.5,  and  4.0  CFR ^63. 52.   The

 process of.establishing the scope of the source category or

 subcategory, the  affected source and new affected source,  and the

 appropriate  levels  of control  by the permitting authority

 requires  ongoing  communication and  exchange of information

 between the  permitting authority and applicants.   This

 interaction  between the permitting  authority and  applicants  is

 essential in making these  determinations.

   .  The,process  by which  these  determinations are made  is  termed

 the MACT analysis.   The following sections of.this chapter

 describe a MACT analysis process that  EPA has•developed to meet

 the- requirements  of  40 CFR Part  63,   Subpart B.
3.1 Overview of the MACT Analysis Process


     The MACT analysis by the permitting authority uses available


information to make a MACT floor finding.  There are. several


possible situations that may arise in the course of conducting a


MACT analysis.  First, the MACT floor could be determined based
                                             >

on  emission reductions currently being achieved.by other


controlled sources.  A second possible outcome is that.the MACT


floor cannot be determined due to the nature .of the pollutants
                               3-2

-------
emitted from the source, or because of the lack of available



data.  A third possibility is that the MACT floor could equal "no



control" if the group of sources on which the MACT floor




determination is based are not currently controlling HAP



emissions.  In the latter two cases, the EPA believes that a more



detailed analysis is required in order to determine the




appropriate level of control.



     Because of the variety of situations that could arise, the



MACT analysis has been divided into three tiers. ^Figure 3



diagrams the steps for Tier I, Tier II and Tier III of the




analysis.  A MACT floor finding by the permitting authority is




made during Tier I.  During Tier II, the permitting authority, in



consultation with the applicant, evaluates all commercially
                               3-3

-------







.J2

"5>
mmam
03
C



K-
O

^^L
••
^3*



f "




B
CO
£

IBB^
CO
iZ





o
1—
"<~ *~^
f^ C
Oco
o
- — Q.
<""""" _ Q.
CO ^
_.. CD -o
C 0) m
'£ — .£•
~a ? °
"
J^r ^^™ C
Cj ' ~ tu
1 i
CD ;
Lm
r^

i







O)
^—
CO :£= _
0)? t
•fi-E|
J 0 <
^ X D)
«=; o g'
! LL =i
_ , E
•- o S.
p < ^

^^,




CO
.a
CO CD CO
J2 '5> ^i "S.
.a -2 co Q-
CO O CD CO
C r~ ^*~" ..
o -c .£ o
co cu j2r* to ^ to
a> ±! "to .5? c .3?
^™ f^ ^j r^ft rt\ ^jj
CD js C O '^j O
ro o "o J *j J

^ ^T **? CD d \y *
-*-• ^i •*"* '^ "*^
* 1 i i IS
« a i § « g
_J CD LLJ O Q O
r- C\J CO









-4-*
C '
"^
-J
i^ ,.
'E .E o "o 'E
h i Eil
C_j tr^" .
< h-
2 0 ' "§
CD "^ i_ CD c
r- « O J3 •=
^ to £ § S
•^ 0 'CD
C v^ ~o
CD CO 	 T 	
- s
•^""^ ^T7*
T- CM 1 	 *-








































1







>»
^««
O)
0
o
c
•g
CD
•*-'
2
"c
O
O C
g »
.2 03
t5 -"E
3 .E
CD „ ^
^ .« 0
c >, '«>
i 	 -2 -^ to
Oco c E
•= CO . CD
^ cS JG H-
S r- ^3 O
E co <
D5 3 Q- ^
^~ C £» ^~
I'll!
c >, o .to

-------
available  and  demonstrated  controls  that  are  reasonably




applicable to  such  source.   Tier  III uses the information




developed  in Tier I  or  Tier II  to establish a MACT  emission




limitation.




     This  process is presented  here  as  suggested guidance  in




determining MACT.   Permitting authorities are free  to use  the




process wi^th which  they are most  familiar to  determine MACT.




If a MACT  floor is  determined,  it is only necessary to complete




Tier I and Tier III  of  the  MACT analysis.  This analysis compares




the costs,  non-air  quality  health and environmental impacts and




energy requirements  associated with  using control technologies




that obtain a  level  of  HAP  emission  reductions that are equal to




or greater than the MACT floor.   A key  assumption is that  the'




Tier I analysis yields  sufficient  information to conduct the Tier




III MACT analysis.   If  additional  information ,is needed,  the




permitting authority and the source  would  develop that




information as part of  the  Tier III  analysis.




     If,  under Tier I,   the  MACT floor cannot be 'determined or .is




equal to "no control,"   Tier  II of  the analysis should be




completed  before moving on  to,Tier III.




     The purpose of Tier II is to  identify all commercially




available  and demonstrated  control technologies that are




reasonably applicable to such source.  Available control




technologies include but are not limited to:   reducing the volume
                               3-5

-------
 of,  or  eliminating  emissions  of  pollutants  through process




 changes,"substitution  of materials  or other techniques;  enclosing




 systems  or processes to eliminate emissions;  collecting,




 capturing, or  treating pollutants when released^ from a process,




 stack,  storage,  or  fugitive emission  point;  using  design,




 equipment, work  practices, or  operational standards  (including




 requirements for operator training  or certification); or,  a




 combination of any  of  these methods.   The permitting authority in




 consultation with the  applicant  is  responsible  for developing a




 list of  technologies that are  reasonably applicable  to the




 source.




     Once a list of control technologies that are reasonably




 applicable to the source is developed, each control  technology




 should be evaluated to consider  the costs, non-air quality health




 and environmental impacts,  and energy  requirements associated




 with using each  control technology.




     In Tier III, the control technology(s)  achieving the maximum




 degree of HAP emission reductions taking into consideration the




 costs of achieving such emission reductions and the non-air




 quelity health and environmental impacts and energy requirements




 should be selected as MACT.   Once MACT has been selected, a MACT




 emission limitation(s)  should be established by the permitting




authority based on the  degree of emission reductions that can be




achieved through the application of  the maximum, achievable
                               3-6

-------
control technology  (MACT) .  A design,' equipment, work practice or




operational standard, or combination thereof, may be designated




as the MACT emission limitation, if it is not practicable, in the




judgement of the permitting.authority, to prescribe or enforce a




numerical MACT emission limitation.




     If an owner or operator wishes to comply with the MACT




emission limitation using a control strategy other than the




control strategy selected as MACT, then the Title V permit




application should be submitted or revised to demonstrate that




this alternative strategy achieves the required level of -emission




reductions.
3.2  A Detailed Look at the MACT Analysis




Tier I - Making a MACT floor finding




Step 1 — Identify the MACT-affected emission unit(s)




     In accordance with the provisions established in 40 CFR




63.53, the owner or operator is required to identify all HAP




emission points within the affected source.  These emission




points will be grouped into emission units (MACT emission units)  •




that will be subject to a MACT determination by the permitting




authority.




     When a relevant emission standard has been proposed, the




scope of the affected source and the emission units should, be




consistent with the scope of the affected source and the emission






                               3-7

-------
 units for which MACT was determined in the proposed'emission

 standard,  unless an alternative can be adequately supported.   ;

 When no relevant emission standard has been proposed,, the MACT

 emission unit will be determined on a case-by-case basis.

 Section 3.3 of this chapter discusses principles for determining

 the  MACT emission unit on a case-by-case basis.


      The collection of emission points (and hence the collection

 of emission units)  at the source subject to Section 112 (j)  that

 are  in  the source category or subcategory subject to  this subpart

 is the  affected source as defined in 40  CFR 63.2.

 Step 2  —  Make a MACT floor finding


      Using the available information provided  by the  EPA,  other

 permitting authorities,  and/or the  permit applications, a level

 of HAP  emission control  that  is .equal  to  the MACT  floor for  each

 type  of emission unit undergoing  review'  should be  calculated by

 the  permitting authority-according  to  40  CFR 63.55.

      Chapter  4  discusses  three ways  to establish  a  MACT floor:

 using  (1)  State  and local  regulations,  (2)  control  efficiencies,

 and  (3)  emission  reduction  ratios.   Use of  any of these

methodologies  to  determine  the floor depends .on the .format of

 available  information.   It  is possible that a hybrid of .these
                                             »
approaches may be necessary, or none of the methods may be.

appropriate given the format of the available Information. ' These

methods are provided  in this guidance document to demonstrate the
                               3-8

-------
types of methodologies that would be appropriate for establishing




a MACT floor.



     If the MACT floor cannot be determined or if it is equal to




"no control", the permitting authority should proceed to Tier II




of the analysis.




Tier II - Considering all control technologies




Step 1 —  List all available/reasonable applicable control




technologies                     .




     Using available information, the permitting authority in




consultation with source owners/operators should develop a list




of commercially available control technologies that have been




successfully demonstrated in practice for similar emission units .




and that are reasonably applicable to sources in the category or




subcategory.  Similar emission units are discussed in more detail




in Section 3.4 of this chapter.  -




Step 2 — Eliminate technically infeasible control technologies




     All control technologies that could not be applied to the




MACT emission unit because of technical infeasibility should be




eliminated from the list.  A technology is generally considered




technically infeasible if there are structural, design, physical




or operational constraints that prevent the application of the




control technology to the emission unit.  A technology may also




be eliminated if the permitting authority deems it unreasonable.




A technology is considered unreasonable if the operational






                               3-9

-------
 reliability and performance'have not been demonstrated by




 approved methods under conditions' representative of those




 applicable  to the source for  which MACT is being determined.




 Step 3  — Determine efficiency of applicable control technologies




      The permitting authority should conduct a detailed analysis




 of  all  of the available reasonably applicable control




 technologies.   The  efficiency of each control technology in-




 reducing overall HAP emissions  should be  determined.   Generally,




 MACT has been selected based  on an overall reduction of all HAP




 emissions.   However,  a permitting authority may also select MACT




 based on the degree  of emission reductions achieved  for one or




 more specific  HAPs when the risk to  human health  and the




 environment  warrants- establishing MACT  emission  limitations




 specifically for  these  HAPs.  It  should also  be noted  that the




 application  of more  than one  control  technology may  be  necessary




 in order  to  address multiple  types of HAP  emissions.




 Tier  III  - Identifying MACT          '                   .....'.'




 Step  1 -- Identify the maximum  emission reduction control  -




 technology           .                          •   •




     When a MACT floor finding  is made, the permitting authority




will need to use available information to identify the control




technology(s) that reduce HAP  emissions from the MACT emission




units to the maximum extent considering the factors  in Section




112(d)(2) of the Act and to a  level that is at 'least equal"to  or






                              3-10

-------
greater than the MACT floor.  Consideration can be given to


transfer and innovative technologies used to control emissions


from other emission units that use technologies that can be


applied to the MACT emission unit.


     As in Tier II, the permitting authority should conduct an


analysis to eliminate any technically infeasible control


technologies and to determine the' efficiency of applicable
          %

control technologies.


     While the Clean Air Act establishes that MACT shall' be no


less stringent than the MACT floor, in establishing MACT,  the


Administrator must take into consideration "the cost of achieving


such emission reduction, and any non-air quality health and


environmental impacts and energy requirements"  [section     .  .


112(d)  (2)].  In some cases, the EPA has developed MACT standards


that are more stringent than the MACT floor when the following-


criteria are met:


     (1)  The economic impact and incremental cost-effectiveness


          are not unreasonable;


     (2)  The standard would control emissions of high risk or


          highly toxic pollutants, e.g., chromium; or


     (3)  The standard resulted from a negotiated rulemaking,


          e.g., the wood furniture NESHAP or the RON equipment


          leaks standard.


Step 2 — Conduct an impacts analysis
                               3-11

-------
      The control  technology that achieves the maximum degree of.




 HAP emission reductions  with consideration to costs,  non-air




•quality health  and environmental impacts,  and energy  requirements




 is  MACT.   The Act does not  provide  direction on the significance




 of  one  consideration  to  another.  The  EPA believes  that  it  is  .




 inappropriate to  provide specific guidance for determining  the




 amount  of consideration  that should be given to any one-factor.




 Such decisions  will need to be made based  on the information




 available at  the  time of the MACT determination.  See  Chapter 6  '




 of  this' guidance  document for a  more detailed discussion on the




 analysis  of  the costs, non-air quality health and environmental




 impacts,  and  energy requirements.    '            :          .




 Step 3  —, Establish the  MACT  emission  limitation




      The  MACT emission limitation established' by the permitting




 authority is based on the degree  of emission  reduction that  can




be  obtained by the affected  source  if  MACT is  applied and is




properly  operated and maintained.   See' Chapter  5  for a detailed




discussion on the MACT emission limitation and permit conditions.
3.?  Determining the MACT Emission Unit and "Affected Source"




     In some cases available information is adequate to support a




MACT floor determination for the grouping of equipment and




activities comprising the affected source.   However, in some




cases the EPA has found it necessary to evaluate smaller
                              3-12

-------
groupings of equipment and activities for the purpose of the MACT




floor and MACT determination.  This smaller grouping is referred




to herein as a MACT emission unit.




     There are four basic principles to follow when designating




the MACT emission unit.  The principles can be summarized as




follows:  1) When a relevant Section 112(d) or Section 112(h)




standard has been proposed, the permitting authority- should refer




to the relevant standard to determine the MACT emission unit; or,




(2) The EPA's Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards should




be consulted to determine if a suggested method for grouping




affected emission points is available; or, (3) When a specific




piece of equipment is designated as a source category or




subcategory on the source category or.subcategory list, the MACT




emission unit is that piece of equipment or apparatus; or,




(4) Emission points should be combined into a single MACT




emission unit when the combination of points leads to a much more




cost-effective method of control, and achieves a greater degree




of emission reductions when compared to point-by-point




compliance.




     The best indicator of how a source category or subcategory




may be regulated by a future promulgated relevant standard may be




found in the proposed standard.  For this reason,  the EPA




believes that permitting authorities should first consider the




guidelines in the proposed standard to determine the MACT
                               3-13

-------
 emission unit for a Section 112 (j) MACT determination.  In




 addition,  although there may be no proposed standard for the




 source category or subcategory, information on the source




 category or subcategory may have been collected which allows the




 EPA to recommend a specific method for determining the emission




 unit for a Section 112 (j)  MACT determination.   Therefore,  the EPA




 should be  consulted before attempts are made to define the MACT




 emission unit on a case-by-case basis.  •




      When  a source category or subcategory is  associated with a




 piece of.equipment or apparatus specifically listed on the source




 category or subcategory list,  that piece of equipment or




 apparatus  is the MACT emission unit..  The source category  or




 subcategory list contains  sources  that  are defined- at various




 levels  of  complexity:   from -an integrated manufacturing or




 process  operation to  an  individual piece of equipment.   In




 developing the.source category or  subcategory  list,  the EPA




 determined that  some  individual pieces  of equipment  may be co-




 located  with other  HAP-emitting equipment, that,.independently or




 collectively, have  the potential to  emit  major  amounts  of  HAPs,.




'For  example,  under  the fuel combustion  industrial grouping,




 stationary internal combustion engines  are  listed as  a  source




 category or  subcategory.  When a source  category or  subcategory




 is designated by  a  single type of  apparatus, the EPA believes




 that the intent  is  for emission limitations and requirements to
                               3-14

-------
be placed on that specific piece of equipment.  As such, if a




Section 112(j) determination is conducted for any one of these




source categories or subcategories, the specific piece of




equipment or apparatus should be designated as the MACT emission




unit.



     A single emission point such as a storage tank could be




considered the MACT emission unit.  By contrast, emission points




from a distillation column, a condenser and distillate receiver




could be consolidated into one emission unit.  Larger groupings




of emission points may be appropriate when a single control




technology can be used to control the aggregation or when a




pollution prevention or waste reduction strategy is considered.




For instance, the entire wastewate.r treatment operation within.




the source category or subcategory could be considered one




emission unit.  Collectively, a single steam-stripper could be




used at the beginning of the operation to remove 'HAPs from the




wastewater and prevent downstream emissions from occurring.




Another example is illustrated .with a surface coating operation.




Rather than individually controlling the emissions from a spray




booth, flash-off area, and bake oven, switching to a water-based




paint could reduce emissions from all of these emission points.




     Another  reason to combine affected emission points into a




single emission unit is that many major sources are already




subject to  regulation under 40 CFR Part 60.  In promulgating
                               3-15

-------
these standards, "affected facility" definitions were developed




to designate the apparatus to which a standard applies.  It may




make sense to use these same boundaries to designate the "MACT




emission unit" subject to a MACT determination.  It should be




noted that a particular piece of apparatus or 'equipment should




not be excluded from a MACT determination because of an




applicability "cut-off" established under a Part 60 regulation.




     Emission points could be consolidated into an emission unit




that is as large as the source category or subcategory boundary




for several reasons.  First,  the information that is available to




calculate-the MACT floor may only apply to the source category or




subcategory as a whole, not individual points within the




category.  Also,  the operations of some source categories are




quite variable.   Either the nature of the process requires a




large latitude of flexibility in establishing the emission unit'




that should be controlled,  or the types of facilities within the




category are so diverse that  it only makes sense to compare the




existing sources  on a source  category or subcategory wide level.




In these instances,  a source  category or subcategory wide MACT




emission unit could allow some emission points to be under-




controlled while  others are controlled to a level that  would




exceed the level  of control that would be placed on that-1




individual point  through the  application of MACT.
                              3-16

-------
     Permitting authorities are  cautioned that, consistent with
the EPA's emissions averaging decisions, as prescribed in 40 CFR
63.150, it would be generally inappropriate to include emission
points associated with equipment leak emissions together with
other types of emission points in a
-------
 options  will  be integrated processes.   Some aggregations of



 emission points may be  inappropriate because the  information



 available to  calculate  the MACT  floor  would dictate  combining



 emission points into certain  emission  units,  or because  controls
                                               *t .  •


 applied  to the  unit would  not achieve  a MACT level of-control-



 when .compared to point-by-point  compliance  or some other



 combination of  emission units.   Appendix A  provides  an example  of



 ways in  which available control  technologies  would affect  the



 aggregation of  emission points into an  emission unit.
3.4  Similar Emission Units



     The permitting authority should evaluate control



technologies used by similar emission units in other source



categories during Tier II.  Whether control technologies from



other source categories should be considered in the MACT analysis



depends on whether the emission unit is "similar".  At least two



questions should be answered to determine if an emission unit is



similar:  1)  Do the two emission units have similar emission



types,  and 2')  Can the emission units be controlled with the same



type of control technology.  If the two, emission units do have



similar emission types and are controllable to approximately the



same extent with the same control technologies,  then the two



emission units can be considered similar for the purposes of a



case-by-case  MACT determination under Section 112 (j). •
                              3-18

-------
     For example, suppose Section 112 (j) applies to the captan




production source category or subcategory  (a source listed on the




source category or subcategory list), and a major source produces




captan with equipment using-product accumulation vessels  (tanks)




and additional pipes, pumps,  flanges and valves to.direct the




product to the tanks.• During Tier I of the MACT analysis, it is




determined that there are no regulations controlling HAP




emissions from pumps, etc. within this source category or




subcategory.  There is also not enough emission information




available on other emission units within the source category or




subcategory to calculate a MACT floor-.  During Tier II of the




analysis, it is discovered that the Synthetic Organic Chemical




Manufacturing Industry (SOCMI)  source category or subcategory is




currently subject to regulations controlling equipment leaks.




Because the pipes, pumps, and flanges all have equipment leak




emissions and can be controlled to the same extent by a leak




detection and repair program, such equipment in the SOCMI source




category or subcategory would be considered similar emission




units.  The regulations for SOCMI equipment leaks should be




considered for the control of the MACT emission unit during




Tier II of the analysis.   When determining the existing source




level of control, identification of a similar emission unit does .




not mean that the controls will automatically be applied to the




MACT emission unit.  Costs,  non-air quality health and
                               3-19

-------
 environmental  impacts,  and  energy  requirements  should  be  used to

 assess, the  technologies ability  to meet  MACT  criteria.

     Also during Tier  I of  the analysis,  it may be  determined

 that the best-controlled tank within  this source category or

 subcategory does not have state-of-the-art controls.   Yet,  tanks

 from outside the source category or subcategory storing similar

 organic liquids use .state-of-the-art  controls vented to an

 emission control device.  The controls used on  these tanks.would.

 be considered  in establishing MACT.

     After  identifying  MACT, the permitting authority proceeds to

 establish the•MACT emission limitation, monitoring, and

 recordkeeping  as outlined previously.



 3.5  Subcategorization

     When the  source category list was developed, sources with

 some common features were grouped together to form a "category".

 During the  standard-setting process,  the EPA has found it

 appropriate to combine  several categories or to  further divide a

 category into  subcategories.  The EPA chose to establish broad

 source categories at the time the source category list was

developed because there was too little information to anticipate
                                             »
specific groupings of similar sources that are appropriate- for

defining MACT floors for the purpose  of establishing emission

standards.
                              3-20

-------
     The broad nature of some source category descriptions may




pose some difficulty in establishing an appropriate MACT emission




limitation for a MACT emission unit on a case-by-case basis.




Subcategorization within a source category for the purposes of a




case-by-case MACT determination should be considered when there




is enough evidence to clearly demonstrate that there are air




pollution control engineering differences.  Criteria to consider




include process operations (including differences between batch




and continuous operations), emissions characteristics, control




device applicability and costs, safety, and opportunities for




pollution prevention.  When separate subcategories are




established, the MACT floor and MACT are then determined




separately for each such subcategory.
                              3-21

-------
3-22

-------
                           Chapter  4.0




                      The MACT Floor Finding




     During Tier  I of the MACT analysis, the permitting authority




will make a MACT  floor finding if there is enough information to




determine an emission control level that is at least equal to the




MACT floor.  If a MACT floor cannot be determined due to the




nature of the pollutant or process, or there is not enough




emissions information to compute a MACT floor, then the analysis




in Tier II would be completed.  Similarly, if the MACT floor     '.




equals "no control," the permitting authority 'should proceed to




the Tier II analysis.




     The Act specifically directs EPA to consider the "average




emission limitation" achieved in practice to establish the MACT




floor for existing sources.  Section 4.1 of this chapter




discusses calculation procedures for determining an .-"average




emission limitation".




     Using the .calculation procedures discussed in Section 4.1,




this chapter explains four approaches for determining a MACT-




floor.   If the emissions information is available,  the first




three methods should be considered before the permitting




authority concludes that a MACT floor cannot be determined.   The




three emissions-based methods include using:   (1)  existing State




and local air toxic control regulations;  (2)  control efficiency




ratings;  or (3)  emission reduction ratios.






                               4-1

-------
     A fourth method, the technology approach,  can be  used when




insufficient emissions data are available to determine an average




emissions limitation.'




    . The first method compares air pollution regulations in




different States.  The second method is applicable when the




control technologies under consideration can be assigned an




efficiency rating for HAP emission reductions.  This is most




likely to occur with add-on control devices.  'The third method




can. be used for add-on control devices, work practices,




recycling, reuse or pollution prevention strategies.   Depending




on the format of available information, a hybrid of the three




approaches may be necessary.  The fourth method involves




determining which technology is being used by the best  performing




sources in the category as defined in sections 112(d)(3)(A)  and




(B) and then determining the emissions limit that the  technology




is capabl'e of achieving in practice on. a continuous basis.   Later




in this chapter each of these methods is discussed in  greater




detail.
4 .1  Calculation of the MA.CT Floor




     Section 112(d)  of the Act instructs the EPA to set emission




standards for new sources based on the emissions control achieved




in practice by the best controlled similar source and to set




emission standards for existing sources based, on an average
                               4-2

-------
emission limitation  achieved by  the  Best  performing  12 percent  of

existing sources or  best performing  five  sources  in  the  source

category or subcategory for categories with  fewer than

30 sources.  For new sources, the direction  provided by  the Act

is relatively clear.  For existing sources,  further  clarification

is required by the EPA to determine  how an average emission

limitation should be computed.

     The word "average" can have several  different meanings,

including arithmetic mean, median, and mode.  As  stated

previously, the EPA  published a Federal Register  notice  •

describing these methods of determining the  average  as well as

other common sense considerations at 59 FR 29196  et.seq., June  6,

1994.  A copy of this notice is contained in Appendix B of this

document.                                                  •  '

     The following examples illustrate the average as represented

by the mean,  median,   and mode.
Example 1

     The following emission limitations are representative of the

     best performing 12 percent of existing sources:

          % reduction
               95
               95
               93
               93
               92
               88
Average emission limitation
     defined by the mean =

          644/7 = 92%
                               4-3

-------
               88.                           '

           Total 644

     Number of sources in the best performing 12% = 7-

     In this case the MACT.floor would be 92%.

     Under some circumstances the arithmetic mean results in a

number that may not correspond to the application of  a specific

control technology.  If there is a large discrepancy  between the

amount of emission reductions that can be achieved by available

control options,  other factors should be considered to determine

the MACT floor.  This is illustrated with the following example,:
Example 2                     .

     An arithmetic mean is computed for the best performing

     12 percent of storage tanks.  There are 10 sources among the

     best performing 12 percent of storage tanks.  Two tanks are

     controlled at 99 percent, and the remaining 8 tanks are not

     controlled.   The emissions limitations considered in the

     floor calculation are:

          % reduction
               99
               99
                0
                0
                0
                0
                0
                0
                0
                0
average emission limitation =

     19.8% reduction
                               4-4

-------
          Total  198




     Number of sources in top  12% =  10






     In this example, no technology  corresponds to 19.8-percent




control, and it might be inappropriate to elevate the MACT floor




to 99-percent control.                   -       .




     If there is a large discrepancy between the amount of




emission reductions that can be achieved by available control




options, the median should be  used in'lieu of the arithmetic mean




to determine the average emission limitation equal to the MACT




floor.  A median is the value  that falls in the middle of a set




of numbers when those numbers  are arranged in an increasing order




of magnitude; in other words,  there  will be an equal number of




values above and below the median.   If the middle falls between




two values, the median is equal to the arithmetic mean of those




two numbers.  This situation will occur when there is an even




number of values in the set of numbers.  In this example, the




median would be 0-percent reduction,  and this could be selected




as the MACT floor.




     However, if there is a large discrepancy between the control




technologies used to establish a median such that no technology




could realistically obtain a reduction close to the median,  the




mode should be used to calculate the MACT floor.   A mode is the




most frequent occurrence among a set of data.   In Example 1,
                               4-5

-------
 there  are  two  modes,  95-percent  and 88-percent  emission




 reductions.  In  Example  2,  the mode would be  equal  to  0-percent




 emission reduction.   When there  is  more  than  one mode  in  the  data




 set, the MACT  floor  should  be based on the least;degree>of




 emission control.  However,  the  existence of  more than one mode




 may be an  indicator  that the MACT should be established at a




 level  of.control more stringent  than the MACT floor.




     The mode  may also be used as a method to compute  an  average




 emission limitation  if the  emissions data for a source category




 or subcategory are not numerically  based.   This situation could




 occur if sources were regulated  by  several  different equipment or




 work practice  standards.  Unless a  specific level of emission




 reduction can  be associated  with each different standard or




 unless the standards  can be  ranked  in some  order of increasing




 level of control', an  arithmetic mean and median cannot be




 calculated.  A mode could be used if one of the control options




 is used more frequently by the best performing 12 percent of  '




 existing sources. -For example:
Example 3




     There are 44 tanks in the source category or subcategory.




     Five sources are among the best performing 12 percent of




     existing sources.   These five tanks are subject to the




     following regulations in the source category or subcategory:
                               4-6

-------
          3 of the 5 must be covered .and vented to a carbon




          canister;




          2 of the 5 must use a fixed roof.




     The mode would be to cover and vent the tank to a carbon




canister.                                  .         "••"•-.









4.2  Method 1 - Computing the MACT Floor Using Existing State and




Local Regulations




     The steps for computing a MACT floor using this method are




as follows:




Step A:  Conduct a geographical survey.




     Determine the total number of existing similar emission .




units in the source category or subcat.egory, and conduct a survey




to determine the geographical location of these similar emission




units.  Group the emission units according to the State or




locality in which they are located.




Step B: 'Review State or local air pollution regulations.




     Review the different State or local air pollution control




regulations that are applicable to the emission unit in each




State or locality where an emission unit is located.




Step C:  Rank the State or local air pollution regulations.




     For the State and local regulations identified in Step 6,




rank the regulations in order of stringency.  The regulations
                               4-7

-------
that  require the greatest  level  of  control  should  be  listed




first.




Step  D:  Rank emission units.




      Determine the total number  of  emission units  and the number




of emission units complying with each stringency level.  Based on




the level of regulation stringency, rank the emission units in




order from most stringent  to least  stringent.




Step  E:  Make a MACT floor finding.




      Based on the distribution of sources in the varibus States




and the stringency of the  respective State  requirements, it may




be-possible to construct a database that would support a MACT




floor determination as described in Section 4.1.  Note .that a




determination must also be made  that sources in the States




actually achieve the required control levels.
4.3  Method 2 - Computing the MACT Floor Using Control Efficiency




Ratings




     To use this method to calculate the MACT floor, the




permitting authority will evaluate emission units that use add-on




control devices or other methods whose HAP control efficiencies




have been clearly demonstrated in practice.  The MACT floor and
                                             »



MACT emission limitation can be computed as follows:




Step A:  Determine HAP emission reduction efficiency for each




control device.






                               4-8

-------
     For each emission unit in the source category or




subcategory, the ability of each control technology to reduce HAP




emissions should be determined as a percentage of reduction




efficiency.  Acceptable methods for determining the efficiency




rating are:




      (1)  Federal and State enforceable permits limits on'




          operation of the control technology, where compliance




          has been demonstrated; ,




      (2)  Actual reported efficiencies.




     In addition vendor data of demonstrated performance achieved




in similar service may be used in conjunction with good




engineering judgement.




Step B:  Calculate the MACT floor using the methodology in




Section 4.1.
4.4  Method 3 - Computing the MACT Floor Using Emissions




Reduction Ratios




     The emission reduction ratio is a fraction of uncontrolled




emissions to controlled emissions.  The MACT floor is computed




using the emission reduction ratios.  To compute the emission




reduction ratio for each emission unit, the permitting authority




must review emissions data or other information to determine




uncontrolled and controlled emissions levels for these units.




The step-by-step process is detailed below.






                               4-9

-------
Step A:  Compute an uncontrolled emission level for each emission


unit.                             •     .            .


     The uncontrolled emission level for an emission unit is the


maximum amount of HAP that could be emitted from .the emission


unit using current design specifications at full capacity


utilization in the absence of controls.


Step B:  Compute a controlled emission level for each emission


unit.


     The controlled emission level is the maximum amount of HAP


that could be emitted from the emission unit under the source's


current design specification and at full capacity utilization


taking into consideration the application of federally


enforceable controls.  Ideally,  a controlled emission level


should be computed for all emission units,  even when a single


uncontrolled emission level is used.   However,  if only general


information is known about the types of control technologies that


are being used in practice, a controlled emission level could be


estimated for each control scenario.   Then a controlled emission


level for each emission unit would be assigned based on the types


of controls that major sources use.  Readers should review


Chapter 5 for more information on controlled emission levels.

                                                        /
Step C:  Compute the emission reduction ratio for each emission


unit.
                              4-10

-------
     The emission reduction ratio for each emission unit can be

computed using the following formula:
     Uncontrolled Emission Limit - Controlled 'Emission Limit
                   Uncontrolled  Emission  Limit
Step D:  Determine the MACT floor using the methodology in

Section 4.1.
                              4-11

-------
 4.5 Technology Approach




      The technology approach is used when insufficient emissions




 data are available to determine an average emission limitation.




 Under this  approach,  EPA determines which technology is being




 used by the average of the  best performing 12 percent'of sources




 in  the category,  and then determines the  average emission limit




 that this technology is capable of achieving in practice on  a




 continuous  basis.   Available emissions  data  are used to assign a




 performance value  for. each  emission control  identified (percent




 removal, outlet grain loading,  etc.). "The MACT floor calculation




 is  performed based  on these  performance values.   Typically,  a




 median is used rather .than  the  arithmetic  average since an .




 arithmetic  average  generally would  not correspond to  any given




.control.  The following  example  illustrates  this  approach.




     A source category  emitting metal HAP  is  comprised  of 500




 sources. • A  survey  of the sources finds that  300  facilities use




 cyclones to  control HAP  emissions,  150 facilities  use wet




 scrubbers, and 50 facilities use fabric filters.   Based  on




available emissions data, it is determined that cyclones are 25-




percent efficient at removing HAP emissions,  wet  scrubbers are




75-percent efficient, and fabric filters are 99-percent




efficient.   The best controlled 12-percent of sources'would




include 10 sources with wet  scrubbers and 50 sources with fabric




filters.  The median corresponds to fabric filters.  Therefore,







                              4-12

-------
fabric filters would be identified as the MACT floor technology,




and an emission limitation would be set based on the available




performance data for fabric filters.








4.6  Other Methods to Compute the MACT Floor




     As future MACT standards are proposed or promulgated for




different source categories, more methods for determining the




MACT floor could be developed.  The rea'der is referred to the




June 6, 1994  (59 FR 29196 et.seq.) in Appendix B and other




Federal Register notices to locate any other methods for •




calculating the MACT floor that have been approved by the EPA and




used in developing a MACT standard under Section 112(d) or 112(h)




of the Act.
                               4-13

-------
4-14

-------
                           Chapter 5.0




        The MA.CT Emission Limitation and Permit Conditions
5.1  MA.CT Emission Limitation




     The MACT emission limitation established by the permitting




authority is based on the level of emission reductions that can




be obtained by the affected source when MACT is applied and




properly operated and maintained.  The MACT emission limitation




should be based on an overall reduction of all HAP emissions.




The MACT emission limitation may need to account for differing




kinds of equipment within the affected source and may include




emission averaging provisions to allow such equipment to achieve




MACT in the most cost-effective -manner possible.  The permitting




authority may establish a MACT emission limitation for an




individual HAP when the risk to human health and the environment




warrants such an emission limitation.  If it is not practicable




to establish a specific numerical or efficiency limitation, then




a specific design, process,  or control technology should be




designated as the MACT emission limitation.   For example,  a




floating roof with a primary and secondary seal on a storage




vessel or an equipment leak detection and repair practice could




be determined as MACT.




     Determining the expected emission reductions from an add-on




control may require some engineering judgement.   In some






                               5-1

-------
 instances, the add-on control may achieve different levels of




 reduction efficiency even when it is applied to the same type of




 emission unit.  Lower efficiency ratings may be due to different




 operational parameters or poor maintenance practices.   The MACT




 emission limitation should be based on the level of control that




 the technology is likely to obtain for all emission units




 operating under good operational and maintenance practices.




      Chapter 4 of this manual describes possible, methodologies




 for calculating a MACT floor.   It is likely that the regulatory




 format  of the MACT emission limitation will be'similar to the




 format  of the MACT floor.   For instance,  if the  MACT floor is




 computed to be a  limit of  0.30 Ibs/ton of feed,  the regulatory




 format  of the MACT emission limitation is also  likely  to  be




 express-ed as  Ibs/ton  of  feed.   The  following sections  provide




 guidance, on calculating  the MACT  emission limitation for -a  source




 category or subcategory.   These  sections  also discuss  how  a




 permitting  authority  can determine what amount of control  an  '




 individual  source  needs to  achieve the required  reductions.




     When control  efficiencies are used .to establish a MACT




 floor, the  MACT emission limitation could be expressed as this




 efficiency.   In other words, all sources could be required to




 reduce emissions by some percent  (i.e.', 90-percent reduction).




Additional terms and conditions would be necessary to make this




practically enforceable, but such an emission limitation may be
                               5-2

-------
appropriate when all emission units are operated relatively

homogeneously within the source category or subcategory.  For

other source categories it may be appropriate to convert this

efficiency rating into another format.  This can be accomplished

by multiplying the efficiency of MACT by the uncontrolled

emission level of the emission unit as follows:
      MACT
    Emission = Uncontrolled Emission Level * MACT efficiency
     Limit
     The uncontrolled emission level for an emission unit is the

maximum amount of HAP that could be emitted from the emission

unit using current design specifications at full capacity  •

utilization in the absence of controls.  It could be computed-

using a variety of different formats, 'i.'e. tons/yr, Ibs/hr,

Ibs/ton, etc.  The following sources of information may be

acceptable:

      (1)  Engineering calculation using material balance or

          emission factors;

      (2)  Actual 'emission data from similar emission units;

      (3)  Average annual hourly emission rate multiplied by hours"

          of operation;

      (4)  Emission limits and .test data from EPA documents, -

          including background information documents;
                               5-3

-------
       (5)  State emission inventory questionnaires for comparable




           sources;                             •




       (6)  Federal or State enforceable permit limits; or,




     .  (7)  For equipment leaks use, "Protocols fpr Equipment'Leak




          .Emission Estimates," EPA-453/R-93-026.     '




      The selection of .the uncontrolled emission level will likely




 require some engineering judgement on the part of the permitting




 authority.   Typical throughputs,  flow rates, Concentrations, etc.




 should be used to estimate a uncontrolled emission level that can




 be applied to the source category or subcategory.




      The definition of a control  technology includes the use of




 pollution prevention and source reduction strategies.  The •




 permitting authority should take  into consideration the use'of




 such control measures when computing the uncontrolled emission




 level for an emission unit.   For  example,  some MACT emission




 units in 'the source category or subcategory may use a high VOC




 solvent as  a process input to the emission unit.   Other units may




 use a lower VOC  solvent as a process  input to the  same  type of




 emission unit.   No distinction in the type of process inputs have




 been made in designating the emission unit.   The MACT for this




 emission unit is identified  as control technology  X.   If this




 control technology was  determined to  have  a  control  efficiency




 rating of 90 percent,  then the current design specifications  for




.each emission unit in the  category would require all  sources  to
                                5-4

-------
reduce emissions by 90 percent.  However, this would not account




for the different baseline emissions from'different emission




units in the source category or subcategory.  By calculating the




uncontrolled emission, level.for all emission units in the




category based on the high VOC process input, emission units with




inherently lower potentials to emit can take credit for the




emission reduction in the controlled emissions calculation and




the calculation of additional required control.








5.2  Alternative Ways to Comply




     Once the permitting authority determines the MACT 'emission




limitation, the applicant will determine a control strategy that




allows the affected source to meet MACT.  In many cases, this




will be through the application of the MACT technologies.




However, in some cases,  the emission unit at the. major source may




already be controlled to some extent with an existing control




technology.  The owner or operator could demonstrate that using




additional control strategies in combination with existing




controls will allow the emission unit to achieve the required




emission reductions.   For instance, an emission unit may




currently be controlled with a baghouse.  The MACT emission




limitation for the emission unit may be based on use of an




electrostatic precipitator.  The emission unit'.may be able to
                               5-5

-------
 meet  the MACT emission limitation by installing a series of




 baghouses in lieu of  the  electrostatic precipitator.




      Owners  or operators  are  reminded that  the  application  of  a




 case-by-case MACT to  an affected  source does  not  exempt  that




 owner or operator from complying  with any future  emission




 standards affecting that  affected source.   The  applicability and




 impact  of subsequently promulgated MACT standards  is addressed in




 40 CFR  63.56.   Owners  or  operators may wish to  consider  these




 factors  when selecting a  control  technology to  meet the  MACT




 emission limitation.









 5.3  Applicable Monitoring, Reporting  and Recordkeeping,  and




 Compliance




     The  permitting authority should identify monitoring




 parameters in consultation with the,applicant to assure




 compliance with the MACT emission  limitation.   However, the




 permitting authority is ultimately responsible for these




monitoring parameters, as  well as reporting and recordkeeping




 requirements at permit issuance.   Section 2.2  of Chapter 2




discusses compliance provisions in greater detail.
                               5-6

-------
                           Chapter 6.0

                     Costs, Non-Air  Health
                    and Environmental Impacts,
                        and Energy Impacts
     Section 112(d) of the Act specifies that if control

technology alternatives are being considered to establish an

emission standard that would result in emission limitations more •

stringent than the emission "floors," they must be evaluated by

considering costs, non-air quality health and environmental

impacts, and energy requirements associated with the expected

emission reductions.

     The costs, non-air quality health and environmental impacts,

and energy requirements discussed below are illustrative only and

are not intended as an exclusive list of considerations for MACT.

determinations.  Some of these factors may not be appropriate in.

all cases, while in other instances, factors which are not

included here may be relevant to the MACT determination.  The

discussion does not address the evaluation of each factor nor the

weighing of any factor relative to another.  Such determinations

should be made on a case-by-case basis by the owner/operator and

permitting authority.  For the purpose of this guidance, terms

such as "emission control system" or "MAGT system" refer to

design, equipment-, or operating standards and inherently less

polluting processes, as'well as add-on control equipment.
                               6-1

-------
      In  general,  the impact  analyses  for MACT determinations




 should address  the  direct  impacts  of  alternative  control  systems.




 Indirect energy or  environmental impacts are  usually difficult  to




 assess,  but may be  considered  when such  impacts are  found to  be




 significant and quantifiable.   Indirect  energy impacts  include




 such  impacts  as energy  to  produce  raw materials for  construction




 of  control equipment, increased use of imported oil,  or increased




 fuel  use in the utility grid.   Indirect  environmental impacts




 include  such  considerations  as  pollution at an off-site




 manufacturing facility  that  produces  materials needed to




 construct .or  operate  a  proposed control  system.   Indirect  impacts




 generally will  not  be considered in the  MACT  analysis since the




 complexity of consumption  and production patterns in the  economy




 makes those impacts difficult to.quantify.  For example,  since-




 manufacturers purchase  capital  equipment and  supplies from many




 suppliers, who  in turn  purchase goods from other suppliers,




 accurate assessment of  indirect impacts  may not be possible. •  •Raw




 materials may be needed to operate control equipment, and  .




 suppliers of  these resources may change  over time..  Similarly, it




 is usually not possible to determine specific power stations and




 fuel sources  that would be used to satisfy demand over the




 lifetime of a control device!




     In most cases,  duplicative analyses  are not  required in




preparing the MACT impact analyses.  Any  studies  previously
                               6-2

-------
performed for Environmental Impact Statements, air permits, water


pollution permits, or other programs may be used when


appropriate.  The permitting authority .also'may consider any


special economic or physical constraints that might, limit the


application of certain control techniques to an existing emission


unit, such as retro-fitting costs that, would not be borne by a


new unit, or the remaining useful life of the emission unit.  The
          *

result may be that the level of control required for an existing


emissions unit may not be as stringent as that which would be


required if the same unit were being newly constructed at an


existing plant or at a "greenfield" facility.  However, in no


event shall the level of control yield an emission limit less


stringent than the MACT floor when information is available to


compute the MACT floor.
6.1 Cost Impacts


     Cost impacts are the. costs associated with installing,


operating, and maintaining alternative emission control systems


(add-on emission control devices or process changes.)  Normally,


the submittal of very detailed and comprehensive cost data is not


necessary.  Presentation of the quantified costs of various


emission control systems (referred to as control costs,)  coupled


with quantities of HAP emission reductions associated with each


of the emissions control systems,  is usually sufficient.
                               6-3

-------
     Once the control technology  alternatives  and  emission




performance levels have been  identified, total-capital  investment




and total annual cost.should  be developed.  Total  capital




investment  (purchased equipment plus installation) and  total  .




annual costs of each emission control system should be  presented




separately.  Total annual costs are comprised  of operation and




maintenance costs  ("direct annual costs",) administrative charges




("indirect annual costs"), plus overhead, taxes, insurance, and




capital recovery costs minus  recovery credits  (credit for product




recovery and by-product sales .generated from the use of control




systems and other emission reduction credits.)   These costs




should be reported in equal end-of-year payments over the time of




the equipment.  Total annual  costs should be reported oh an




overall basis, as well as an  incremental basis.  The various




emission control systems should be presented or arrayed in terms




of increasing total annual cost.  The incremental annual cost of




a particular emission control system is the difference in its




cost and the cost of the next less stringent control.




     A method for determining the acceptability of control costs




is .the comparison of the cost effectiveness of  alternative




control systems.   Average cost effectiveness is the ratio of




total annual costs (calculated using the above  guidelines)  to the




total amount (tons or Mg)  of HAP removed.   Incremental cost




effectiveness is  calculated using the same procedure as outlined
                               6-4

-------
for calculating incremental annual cost.  Generally, cost-




effectiveness values falling within the range of previously




acceptable MACT decisions are considered acceptable.  Therefore,




consistency with the relative cost, or cost effectiveness, of a




past MACT determination for a similar source is an indication




that such a cost is reasonable for the MACT determination in




question.




     For most MACT determinations, a cost analysis focusing on




incremental cost effectiveness of various MACT. alternatives is




sufficient.  The analysis should include and distinguish 'the




various components used to calculate the incremental cost




effectiveness of the control alternatives (i.e., lifetime of the




equipment, total annual costs, tons of total HAP removed, etc.).




     If there is reason to believe that the control costs place a




significant burden on the entity being controlled, then the cost




analysis should include financial or economic data that provide




an indication of the affordability of a control relative,to the




source.  For example,  if the per unit cost is a significant




portion of the unit price of,a product or if the economic status




of the industry is declining,  then the cost analysis should




present the relevant economic or financial data.  Financial or




economic data should include parameters such as after-tax income




or total liabilities.
                               6-5

-------
6.2  Environmental Impacts

     The environmental impacts concentrate on collateral

environmental impacts due to control of emissions of the

pollutant in question, such as solid or hazardous waste

generation, discharges of polluted water from a control device,

visibility impacts (e.g., visible steam plume), or emissions of

other air pollutants.  The permitting authority should identify

any environmental impacts associated with a control alternative

that has the potential to affect the selection or rejection of

that control' alternative.  Some control technologies may have

potentially significant secondary environmental impacts.

Scrubber effluent, for example, may 'affect water quality and land

use, .and, similarly,  technologies .using cooling towers may affect

visibility.  Other examples of secondary environmental impacts

could include hazardous waste discharges,  such as spent catalysts

or contaminated carbon.  Generally,  these types of environmental

concerns become important when sensitive site-specific.receptors

exist or when the - incremental emissions reduction potential of

one control option is only marginally greater than the next most

effective option.

     The procedure for conducting an analysis of environmental
                                             »
impacts should be made based on a consideration .of site-specific

circumstances.   In general,  the analysis of environmental impacts

starts with the identification and quantification of .the solid,
                               6-6

-------
liquid, and gaseous discharges  from the control device or devices




under review.  Initially, a qualitative or  semi-quantitative




screening can be performed to narrow the analysis to discharges




with potential, for causing adverse environmental effects.  Next,




the mass and composition of any such discharges should be




assessed and quantified to the  extent possible, based on readily




available information.  As previously mentioned, the analysis




need only address those control alternatives with any




environmental impacts that have the potential to' affect the




selection or rejection of a control alternative.  Pertinent




information about the public or environmental consequences of




releasing these materials should also be assembled.  Thus, the




relative environmental impacts  (both .positive and negative)  of




the various alternatives can be compared with each other.




     Also the generation or reduction of toxic and hazardous




emissions other than those for which the MACT determination is




being made and compounds not regulated under the Clean Air Act




are considered part of the environmental impacts analysis.  A




permitting authority should take into account the ability of a




given control alternative for regulated pollutants to affect




emissions of pollutants not .subject to regulation under the Clean




Air Act in making MACT decisions.   Consequently, the ability of a




given control alternative to control toxic or hazardous air
                               6-7

-------
contaminants other than those for which the MACT determination is




being made, should be considered in the MACT analysis. •









6. .3  Energy Impacts                                     '




     Energy impacts should address energy use in terms of




penalties or benefits associated with a contro.l system and the




direct effects of such energy use on the facility.  A source may,




for example, benefit from the combustion of a concentrated gas




stream rich in volatile organic compounds; on the other hand,




extra fuel or electricity is frequently required to power a




control device or incinerate a dilute gas stream.  If such




benefits or penalties exist,  they should be quantified to the




extent possible.                     •                        '




     In quantifying energy impacts,  the direct energy impacts.of




the control alternative in units of energy consumption at.the




source (e.g.,  Btu, Kwh,  barrels of oil,  tons of.coal)  should be




estimated.  The energy requirements of the control options could




be shown in terms of total and/or incremental energy costs per




ton of pollutant removed.   In many cases,  because energy




penalties or benefits can usually be quantified in terms of




additional cost or income to  the source,  the energy impacts




analysis can be converted into dollar costs and,  where




appropriate,  be factored into the cost analysis.
                               6-8

-------
     Indirect energy impacts  (such as energy to produce raw



materials for construction of control equipment) are usually not



considered.  However, if the reviewing agency determines, either



independently or based on a showing by the applicant, that an



indirect energy impact is unusual or significant, the indirect



impact may be considered.  The energy impact should still,



however, relate to the application of the control alternative and
          *


not to a concern over energy impacts associated with the project



in general.



     The energy impact analysis may also address the concern over



the use of locally scarce fuels.  The designation of a scarce



fuel may vary from region to region,  but in general a scarce fuel



is one which is in short supply locally and can be better used



for alternative purposes, or one which may not be reasonably



available to the source either at the present time or in the near



future.
                               6-9

-------
6-10

-------
                           Chapter 7.0




                      Sources  of  Information









     There are currently several programs under development to




house and disseminate toxics information.  Some of these programs




are designed for specific, narrow purposes, while others are




employed in a broader range of uses.  Most data collection




programs are designed to be compatible with the Aerometric




Information Retrieval System  (AIRS)/AIRS Facil-ity Subsystem




(AFS).



     The purpose of this chapter is to present various sources of




toxics information which may be of assistance to States and




industry in making MACT floor determinations.  These sources of




toxic information are available in a database format.  The EPA




believes the requirements of Section 112 (j) can be less




burdensome to both industry and States by employing a database




system to document similar-category sources and provide a




bibliography of information to make a sound MACT floor




determination.  The MACT floor determinations and MACT must be




based on data demonstrating performance  levels actually achieved




in practice by sources.  Performance claims, expectations, design




plans, etc. should be substantiated by methods' representative of




those that sources will have to comply with.
                               7-1

-------
      Another significant resource to aid permitting'authorities

 in developing case-by-case MACT will be proposed regulations for

 the subject source categories,  or closely related regulations in

 similar industries.   Proposed regulations will contain what EPA

 believes MACT is at  the time of proposal.  Although permitting

 authorities are not  required to adopt proposed MACT, and the

 proposed rule should not be considered a default MACT,  it can

 still serve as a suggestion for what the latest thinking is and

 would be the result  of analysis of the largest body of

 information.

      In addition to  the following sources of  information,  the EPA

 home  page on the World Wide Web includes a wealth of information,

 including some of the  data  bases  described below.   The  reader may

 wish  to consult  the  following websites  for additional

 information:

      1.    EPA:  http://www.epa.gov/epahome/index.html

      2.    Office  of Air  and Radiation:

           http://www.epa.gov/oar/oarhome.html

      3.    Office  of Air  Quality Planning  and Standards:

           http://www.epa.gov/oar/oaqps

      4.    Air  Toxics Website: http://www.epa.gov/ttn/atw/
                                             »

AEROMETRIC INFORMATION RETRIEVAL SYSTEM  (AIRS) TOXICS PROGRAM
                               7-2

-------
     The AIRS is designed to accommodate the expansion of




emissions data.  The AIRS/AFS is a National Data System currently




residing on the National Computer Center (NCC).  The stationary




source component of this system replaced the old National




Emission Data System (NEDS) as the data repository for point




source data (e.g., electric utilities, industrial plants and




commercial enterprises).  The AIRS/AFS system  is expected to




eventually provide the capabilities needed to  house information




from the Title V operating permits program.




     Many States input their data directly into the AIRS and




perform calculations and retrievals.  When a converter (an




interface between AIRS and the State system) is'used, the data




can be input directly to the State system and  to the appropriate




fields in AIRS in a single" step.  Data can also be retrieved from




AIRS directly, or into the State format using  a converter.




     Because many data sources are fed into AIRS/AFS, some of




this data may be useful for case-by-case MACT  determinations and




MACT standards.  This advantage is expected to become more




visible as the search for the 12-percent floor for a source




category or subcategory becomes a common' occurrence.
INFORMATION COLLECTION REQUESTS (ICR) DATA




     For the national MACT standards program, the EPA is




currently involved in data collection activities for many of the







                               7-3.

-------
 source categories on the list.   These data collection activities

 are  designed to help answer,  for.a given category,  a number of

 important questions:

                -                                         i '
      —   What  are the sources  of emissions for the category?

           Which HAPs  are emitted and at what rates?

           What  alternatives are available to reduce those
         .  emissions?

    •  --   What  costs  would be imposed for the control
           alternatives,  and what economic impacts .-would the
           alternatives have on  the business climate for the
           industry?                         .  '

           Which alternatives meet  or exceed the "MACT floor"  (for
           new sources,  the "best controlled similar source;"  for
           existing sources, the level achievable by the "average.
           of the  best  performing 12  percent"  of sources in  the
           category)?                             •

           Given the alternatives available,  which alternative
           represents the  "maximum  degree  of reduction
           achievable,"  taking, into account  costs, 'benefits, and
           the constraints imposed  by the  "MACT  floor?"

RACT/BACT/LAER  CLEARINGHOUSE (RBLC)

     The RBLC maintains a database consisting of 3,600  (and

growing) Reasonably Available,Control Technology (RACT), Best

Available Control  Technology (BACT),  and Lowest Achievable

Emission Rate (LAER) determinations made by State and local

agencies for specific sources,   as  required by the Act.  The RACT

determinations address emission  requirements for. existing sources

located in nonattainment'areas.   The BACT and LAER address

emission requirements for major new or modified sources located
                               7-4

-------
in attainment and nonattainment areas, respectively.  Database



parameters include:  facility information; process description;



pollutant information  (including emission limit); pollution



prevention and/or control technology method; compliance



verification information; and cost information  (if it exists).



The Act requires agencies to submit LAER determinations to the



RBLC.  The RACT and BACT determinations are submitted on a
          «                                       _



voluntary basis.



     The RBLC also maintains a regulation database that



summarizes Federal new source performance standards  (NSPS),



national emission standards, for hazardous air pollutants



(NESHAP), and maximum achievable control technology  (MACT)



standards.  The regulation database parameters are similar to-



those in the RACT/BACT/LAER database, 'but also include Federal



Register and regulation background documentation information.



     The RBLC can be accessed through the Office of Air Quality



Planning and Standards (OAQPS.) Technology Transfer Network  (TTN)



electronic bulletin board system.  For more information, access



the RBLC on the TTN or contact the EPA Information Transfer Group




at (919) 541-5547.
                               7-5

-------
 GREAT WATERS PROGRAM




      In order to provide information needed for decision making,




 the Great Waters program is evaluating HAPs emission data,




 especially for the Great Lakes region.  (Sectioji 112 (c) (6)




 requires national emission inventories for alkylated lead;




 polycyclic organic matter;  'hexachlorobenzene;  mercury;  PCBs;  '




 2,3,7,8-tetrachlorodibenzofurans;  and 2,3,7,8-tetrachlorodibenzo-




 p-dioxin.)   Periodic  reports  to Congress  are  Required-to  provide




 information on:   relative  pollutant  loading contributed  to  .




 aquatic ecosystems from  the atmosphere; adverse effects  of  that




 loading on human health  and the environment;  whether the




 atmospheric deposition causes  or contributes  to violations -of




 water quality  standards  or  criteria;  and  sources of  the




 atmospherically 'deposited pollutants.  The  goal of the program is




 to  determine if  additional  regulation  is warranted,  and if  so,




 what  it  should entail.   For additional information on the Great




 Waters  Program,  or  for referral  to related  emission  inventory




 efforts,  call the  EPA Visibility and Ecosystem  Protection Group




 at  919-541-5531.
AIR TOXIC EMISSION FACTORS




     Emission factors are used in lieu of emission estimates




based upon source testing, and they can be used to estimate the




emissions of a particular HAP per unit process rate (i.e., pounds







                               7-6

-------
of nickel emitted for each ton of nickel ore processed).  These




emission factors can be based on controlled and uncontrolled




processes, and can, therefore, be used to help determine which




control measures are best suited to a particular process.  The




EPA has developed screening methods for the development of air




toxics emission factors, and applies the screening methods to




test results as they become available for use.




     The toxic emission factors available through the Factor




Information Retrieval System  (FIRE) and the EPA document,




Compilation of Air Pollution Emission Factors  (AP-42) are rated A




(most reliable, based on several tests meeting high confidence




criteria) through E (least reliable, having limited available




information).   Toxic emission factors are being developed for




about 170 the 189 HAPs on the Section 112(b) list, representing




many (but not all) processes in Section 112 source categories.




     About 40 of the HAPs in FIRE have been targeted as




"critical" pollutants because they are found in a wide variety of




industries, and/or are especially toxic.  Many of the emission




factors for this critical group have a rating of A or B, enabling




users to arrive at the most accurate emissions estimates




presently possible.  For more information on FIRE, contact




INFOCHIEF at 919-541-5285.
STATE AIR OFFICE DATABASES
                               7-7

-------
      Emission Standards Division  (BSD) staff- have worked with




 •STAPPA/ALAPCO to better characterize the toxics information




 available in database form and hard copy within the State air



 offices.




      Most States have compiled pollutant information in some form




 in response to State Implementation Plan (SIP)  requirements.




 Many States also have toxics information collection systems, as




 well as State requirements for toxics programs.   Most States find




 that although internally their system is widely used .(intra-State




 system),  to down load or upload data on an  inter-State basis is




 nearly  impossible (with  the  primary exception  to this being




 States  within a  transport  region,  and then  usually under limited



 circumstances).                                            '
TRADE JOURNALS AND VENDOR  INFORMATION




     Caution should be taken when  employing  information  in  trade




journals and from vendors, especially in noting the method  of




emissions estimation, number of tests that were used in




developing estimates, and  the conditions under which tests  were




conducted.  Other factors  that, may affect the emissions estimates




should also be identified,  and the effects of their differences




quantified as accurately as possible.  Because results applicable




to only one or a small group of facilities cannot be completely




accurate for other facilities,  this source of information is not
                               7-8

-------
regarded as highly accurate, but may provide some useful

information on control alternatives.

     Other sources of information that may be consulted in .making

MACT floor determinations are listed below.  This list is not

inclusive, but may provide useful information.             -


     Air Pollution Training Institute  (APTI).  .December 1983.
     Overview of PSD Regulations.  EPA 450/2-82-008.


     Air Pollution Training Institute  (APTI).  June 1983.  Air
     Pollution Control Systems for Selected  Industries.
     EPA 450/2-82-006.


     Environmental Protection Agency  (EPA).  May 1992.  Facility
     Pollution Prevention Guide.  EPA  600/R-92/088.


     Environmental Protection Agency  (EPA).'  February  1992.
     Documentation for Developing the  Initial Source category or
     subcateaorv List.  EPA 450/3-91-030.


     Environmental Protection Agency  (EPA).  June 1991.
     Hazardous Waste TSDF - Background Information for Proposed
     RCRA Air Emission Standards.  EPA 450/3-89-023  (a) and  (c).


     Environmental Protection Agency  (EPA).  October,  1990.  New
     Source Review Workshop Manual.  EPA,  Research Triangle  Park,
     NC  (Draft Document).


     Environmental Protection Agency  (EPA),  January 1990.  OAQPS
     Control Cost Manual.  EPA 450/3-90-006.


     Environmental Protection Agency  (EPA).  June 1991.  Control
     Technologies' for Hazardous Air Pollutants'.
     EPA  625/6-91/014.
                                7-9

-------
Air & Waste Management Association.  1992.  Air Pollution
Engineering Manual.  Van Norstrand Reinhold.
                        7-10

-------

-------
                            Appendix A

                    Examples of MACT Analyses


     The following detailed examples presented in this manual are
                                                        I
for illustrative purposes only.  Numbers and values presented in

this Appendix do not necessarily reflect any known cases and are

not meant to establish any official EPA position regarding MACT

determinations for a particular MACT-affected source.  These •  •

examples are hypothetical and are designed to highlight many of

the subtle aspects of the .MACT determination process.  In many

cases,  the scenarios and available control technologies have been

grossly oversimplified to streamline the presentation of the

examples.

     The following examples are presented in this Appendix:

     Example 1 - Determining the MACT Emission Unit

     Example 2 - Using Control  Efficiency Ratings to  Determine

                 the MACT Floor '

    • Example 3 - When the MACT  Floor is  Determined Using Emission

                 Reduction Ratios

     Example 4 - When the MACT  Floor is  Equal  to  "No  Control"
                              A-l

-------
                            Example 1




                Determining the MACT Emission Unit
     This example illustrates possible grouping mechanisms, and




rationale for developing one or more MACT emission units at a




given facility subject to a MACT determination under




Section 112 (j).




Description of Source




     In this example, a metal furniture manufacturer produces




military-specification office furniture for use in military




barracks.  The plant currently operates 2,080 hr/yr and produces




12,000 units of furniture annually.  The -facility is considered a




major source of HAP emissions.




Existing unit operations include:




1)  Wood Processing




     Raw wood and formica are glued together to form a laminate.




The glue is applied using an automatic application system.




Several laminates are then positioned in a press for glue curing.




Next, the boards undergo various woodworking operations




including, cutting, drilling, and routing.  Boards are either




transferred to assembly or directly packaged and shipped.




Tetrachloroethylene is a component of the glue.  Glue stations




are vented to emission stacks on the ceiling.  The stacks are




currently.uncontrolled.






                               A-2

-------
      The glue is stored in 50-gallon drums.   Glue is transferred


 to the application equipment through a pumping.mechanism.


 Estimated yearly emissions of HAP from this  operation is


 0.50  tpy.                                                   •
                 -                              •*-

 2)  Metal Processing                                 •



      Metal st.ock is  cleaned by immersion in  a toluene dip  tank.


 A  toluene,  grease, and  dirt sludge  is  produced,  which is pumped


 from  the bottom  of the  tank for disposal.  After cleaning,  the


 metal  undergoes  various metalworking operations  including


 cutting,  punching, folding,  and welding.   Pieces are partially


 assembled,  then  transferred to  one  of  two  paint  coating


 operations.   The  dip tank  is  currently controlled with a


 condensing  unit  and a freeboard ratio  of 0.75.   Yearly controlled


 emissions .are estimated at  19 ton's/yr.  Uncontrolled emissions


 are estimated at  55 tpy.


 3)    Cleaning Operations



    • The spray coating operations begin with  a five-stage


 cleaning process.  The first stage is  an alkaline-wash'tank.


Next,  parts are sprayed with an iron phosphate solution.  The


 fourth stage is a rinse-tank.   Finally, parts are sprayed with a


rust preventive.   After cleaning, the parts are conveyed,to a


dry-off oven and then to the' paint coating line.   No HAP


emissions occur during this part of the operation.


4)    Painting Operations
                               A-3

-------
     There are currently four spray b'ooths in the paint coating



operation and one coating dip-tank.  Large metal parts are coated



using the spray booths.  A one-color coating is applied at a




coating depth of 1 ml.  Two of the booths are equipped with



continuously recirculating water curtains to entrap paint



overspray.  Entrapped paint solids and wastewater are dumped to a




holding tank periodically.  Air filters are used in the two



remaining spray booths.  The air filters are periodically



replaced.  The used filters are'placed in storage drums for later




disposal.



     All spray booths are equipped with hand-held spray guns.




Transfer efficiency is estimated at 45 percent for both types of



booths.  The paint is a high solvent paint containing xylehe and




toluene with an estimated 35-percent solids content and



65-percent solvent content.  The spray guns are periodically



sparged and rinsed 'with acetone to prevent clogging.  The acetone



paint mixture is sent to storage tanks for later disposal.



Emissions from the booths are currently vented to the roof with




no control device.



     After painting, parts are conveyed through a flash-off area



to one of two dry-off ovens and then to assembly.  Small metal



parts are dip-painted in the coating dip-tank, allowed to air




dry, and then transferred to the assembly area.
                               A-4

-------
    . Total annual  HAP  emissions  from  this  area  are  estimated at

 55 tpy.  Each  spray booth  contributes  8  tpy  and each  drying  oven

 4 tpy.  Estimated  emissions  from the  coating dip-tank- are  15 tpy.

 No emission estimates  are  available for  the  flash-off area.

     From this description,  the  following  emission  points  are

 identified as potentially  "affected emission points"  by the

 Section 112 (j) MACT determination process:
     •  Glue storage drums
     •  Glue stations  (stack emissions)
          --Application equipment
          --Curing presses          .     •
     •  Toluene dip tank*
     •  Toluene storage tanks*
     •  Toluene/sludge waste storage tanks*
     •  Spray booths  (stack emissions)
          — Feed and waste lines
          -- Application equipment
        Coating dip-tank
        Flash-off area  (large parts)
        Drying area (small parts)
        Paint storage tanks
        Solvent storage vessels
        Paint sludge storage tanks
        Drying ovens  (stack emissions)
        Air filter storage drums
     * These units would be eliminated from any MACT emission
     unit because the emission points would be part of the
     degreasing source category or subcategory, not the
     miscellaneous metal parts surface coating source category or
     subcategory.
Possible MACT emission unit scenarios:

Scenario #1:   Five.MACT emission units:

     •    Wood processing
     •    Spray coating operations

                               A-5

-------
     •    Storage tanks
     •    Storage drums        ,
     •    Equipment leaks                           •

     This scenario could make sense if a MACT floor could be

identified or control technologies could be applied to the

emission units.  In wood processing, the emissions are vented to

a stack on the roof.  These emissions could be controlled with a

variety of add-on control devices.  The source could also

consider switching to a glue that has a lower concentration of a

HAP or does not contain any HAPs.

     In the spray operations, the source could switch to a low-

solvent paint or water-based paint.  This control option would

need to be weighed against controlling the individual emission

points.  Other control options to consider would be an add-on

control device to control the stack emissions from the spray

booth and oven, increasing the transfer efficiency of the spray

application equipment, and controlling the drying., flash-off

areas, and the coating dip-tank with separate control

technologies.

     Controlling the storage tanks as one'emission unit may allow

flexibility in meeting MACT.  Some tanks could remain under

controlled while others could be over-controlled.  This option

would need to be weighed against the cost effectiveness and

emission reductions of applying controls to all of the storage
                               A-6

-------
 tanks.   The storage drums could be placed in a contained area and

 the emissions vented to one control device.

      Equipment leaks are not suitable for combination with -other.

 emission units because  they are only controllable using ^ork

 practice and other  unquantifiable  emissions  reductions

 procedures.

 Scenario #2:   Four  MACT-affected emission units:

      •     Stack emissions (spray booths,  glue  stations,  drying
           ovens)                       .       •   '
      •     Storage tanks  and drums
      •     Coating dip-tank               .  •
      •     Equipment  leaks

      In  this  scenario, the -stack emissions from  the  spray  booths,

 glue  stations  and drying  oven could  all be vented to  a  single

 control  device.  This option would need to be  weighed against the

 emission  reductions  that  could be obtained by  applying  pollution

 prevention strategies to  the individual operations.   If the

 storage'  tanks  and drums are stored in a common location, such

 that.the  emissions from the area could be vented  to a.control- .

 device,  this emission point aggregation could make sense..  The

 emission  reduction would need 'to be weighed against controlling

the emission points separately.   If greater emission reductions

could be obtained by controlling these points separately, this

aggregation of points may not be acceptable.

Scenario #3:   Seven MACT emission units:

     •    Each storage tank
     •    Each spray booth            .


                              A-7

-------
          Stack emissions from glue stations and drying ovens
          Equipment leaks
          Each storage tank
          Each storage drum.
          Coating dip-tank                       .        .

     If detailed data are available for each of these individual

emissions units, then one approach would be to compile- that data

and develop a MACT floor data base for each type of emission

unit.  This scenario would generally be acceptable unless a
          *                                       ;
pollution prevention method could be applied to one of the

processes that could obtain a greater degree of emission

reductions then point-by-point compliance.

Scenario #4:  All emission points.

     This scenario would generally be unacceptable because, as

described in Scenario #1,  equipment leak emissions should not be

included in a source category- or subcategory-wide emission unit.

Scenario #5:  Two MACT emission units:

     •    Equipment leaks
     •    Remaining emission points

     This aggregation of emission units could be acceptable if

emissions information were available on HAP emissions or control

technologies from the source category or subcategory as a whole,

or if the nature of the industry demanded a large degree of

flexibility in the application of MACT.
                               A-8

-------
                             Example 2




                 Using Control Efficiency Ratings




                    to Determine  the MACT Floor





    "   -                -                       •*..



 Description  of Source




      In this example,  a  MACT determination  is  to  be  conducted on




 a  quenching  process  at  a coke-by product plant'.   Hazardous




 emissions  can be  released when the  hot  coke in the quench car is




 sprayed with water to decrease the  coke's temperature.   Phenol




 and naphthalene emissions can occur in  the  gaseous state.  Other




 pollutants can sorb  to particulate  matter and  be  collectively




 released.  The permitting authority will need  to  conduct a MACT




 analysis to  determine the MACT emission  limitation based on the




 emission reduction that  can  be achieved  by  MACT.  The permitting




 authority will begin with the Tier  I analysis.




 Step 1:  Identify the MACT emission unit(s)




     MACT unit:     quenching, tower.and coke car # of existing




                    sources:  36




     The equipment used  in this production process includes the




 quenching tower, coke car, water delivery system,  and water




 storage system.  The permitting authority decides that emission




points from the quenching tower and coke car should be considered




one MACT emission unit,  and the water delivery system and water
                               A-9

-------
                                     «
storage system as another MACT emission unit.  The example will

be continued for only the quench tower/coke car emission unit.


Step 2:  Make a MACT Floor Finding
        Technology

   1)   Use clean water
        to quench coke
        with baffles at
        the top of the:
        quench tower


   2)   Use covered
        quenched car.
        Cool outside of
        car.  Water does
        not impact coke.
        Place car on.
        cooling rack
        after quenching
        for additional
        heat dissipation


   3)   Wet scrubber,
        connected to
        fixed duct system


   4)   Wet scrubber,
        mobile unit
        attached to coke
        quench car


   5)   Dry quenching
        with inert gases.
        Heat transported
        to waste-heat
        boiler
                   Emission
                   control
# of plants using  efficiency.
        10
        10
        14
not
quantifiable
                   almost 100%
80-90%
80-90%
                   99-100%
     The permitting authority decides to use the control

efficiency ratings to determine the MACT floor.  There are a

                              A-10

-------
 total  of  36  existing  sources.   The  MACT  floor  would be equivalent




 to  the arithmetic mean  of  the  control  efficiency ratings  for the




 best five sources.  -If  a specific control  efficiency rating  is




 not available' for the best performing  five sources,  a median or




 mode could be used to calculate the MACT'floor.   Using the




 information  provided, the  median of the  best performing




 12  percent of sources would be  equal to  80-90  percent or  control




 technology 3 or 4.  The mode would  be  technology number 4.




 Step 3:   Identify MACT                                .




     Technologies 2,  3, 4,  or 5  could  be chosen  as  MACT.




 Technology 1  could also be  considered  because  its control




^efficiency is  not quantifiable.  If technology 1  is  to  be




 considered further,  a more  detailed analysis would'be  required to




 prove  that the technology  could  obtain an  equal  or  greater amount




 of  emission  reductions.  In this case,  the efficiency  of




 technology 1 will vary by the concentration of hazardous




 constituents.  Using  clean water could result  in a  less toxic




 release when the concentration of toxins in the hot  coke are




 less,  but  increased emissions could result with increased




concentrations.  The other proposed technologies would operate at




a'relatively constant efficiency rate,  regardless of the




pollutant 'concentration.  Therefore, technology .1 would .be




considered inferior  to the other technologies and should be




eliminated as a potential candidate.
                              A-ll

-------
     The permitting authority should identify MACT based on the




control technology that achieves a maximum degree of emission



reduction with consideration of the costs, non-air quality health




and environmental impacts and energy requirements associated with




use of each control technology.  After identifying MACT,  the



permitting authority would proceed to Tier III of the analysis.
                              A-12

-------
                            Example 3

                When the MACT floor is Determined

                . Using Emission Reduction Ratios
Description of Source

     A surface coating operation treats a product with its

existing equipment consisting of a dip-tank priming stage

followed by a two-step spray application and bake-on enamel

finish coat.  The product is a specialized electronics component

(resistor) with strict resistance property specifications that

restrict the types of coatings that may be employed.

Step 1:  Identify the MACT emission unit(s)

MACT emission units:

               Dip-tank
               Feed and waste lines in prime coating operation
               Spray coat booth,  spray "coat application equipment
               Drying oven
               Storage tank in prime coating operation
               Storage tank in finish' coating line.
               Paint supply system         •                     •

     There are two process units  .within this source category or

subcategory:  the prime coating line and the finish coating line.

Equipment within'the prime coating line that, have affected

emission points are a dip-tank,  storage containers,  feed line to

supply new coating into the dip-tank,  and a waste line to drain

the dip-tank.   Because the feed line and waste lines have

equipment leak emissions,  these emission points should be


                              A-13

-------
combined to form a MACT emission  unit.   The permitting authority

will  consider the dip-tank and  each storage container a separate

affected emission unit. , Therefore,  the three MACT emission units

in this  process unit are the dip-tank,  the storage container,  and

the feed and waste lines.

      The finish coating line consists  of two spray booths, spray

application equipment, paint supply system, a storage container,
           *                   ,             •  .
and a drying oven.  The permitting  authority decides to combine

affected emission points to form  the following MACT emission

units:   the spray application equipment and spray booths; the

paint supply system,  the storage  container, and the drying oven.

For simplicity of this example, the  MACT analysis will be

continued for only the spray application equipment and spray

booths.

Step  2:   Make a MACT floor finding

      Parts A and B:   Compute the  Uncontrolled Emissions and

Controlled Emissions

      Table 1 presents an overview analysis of emissions

information for similar emission  units  within the source category

or subcategory.*

Table 1.
       The permitting authority should consider whether the process
constraints resulting from production specification or other requirements (see
Step 3) warrant subcategorization within the category for the purpose of MACT
determinations.  For the purpose of this example, it is assumed that there
will be no subcategorization.

                               A-14

-------
TECHNOLOGY
1) Water-based coat
2) Low-VOC solvent/high solids
coat
3) Electrostatic spray application
to enhance transfer efficiency
4) Low-VOC solvent/high solids
coating with electrostatic spray
application
5) Powder coat paint with
electrostatic spray application
6) High-VOC solvent coating
Total:
# OF SOURCES
USING
2
4
7
8
1
7
29
     Table 2 presents the detailed analysis of emission



information in this example.




Table 2. .
SOURCE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
TECHNOLOGY
#
6
3
2
3
•3
6
6
3
UNCONTROLLED
EMISSIONS
(TONS/YR)
10
26
48
86
98
26
35
78
CONTROLLED
EMISSIONS
(TONS/YR)
10
14.
22
56
55
22
34
55
EMISSION
REDUCTION
RATIO
0
.46
J54
.35
.44 .
.15
. 03
29
                              A-15

-------
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28

2
2
6
6
6
3
2
3
4
5
4
3
4
4
1
6
4
4
4
4
1
69
15
11
12
23
85
141
25
159
126
35
25
68
46
95
96
64
98
168
196
9 R R
25
11
11
12
22
52
89
20
100
11
14
16
22
10
10
16
25
31
45
63
9 £
.64
.27
0
0
.04
.39
.'39
.20
.37
.91
.6
.36
.70
.78
.89
.83
.61
.68
.73
.68
an
     Table 3 presents the top 5 ranked sources,




Table 3.
SOURCE
18
29
23
24
22
TECHNOLOGY
#
5'
1
1
6
4
UNCONTROLLED
EMISSIONS
(TONS/YR)
126
255
95
96
46
CONTROLLED
EMISSIONS
(TONS/YR)
11
26
10
16
10
EMISSION
REDUCTION
RATIO
.91
.'90
.89
.83 .
.88
                              A-16

-------

Average of
Top 5
1
618
73
.88
 Part C:   Compute  the  Emission  Reduction Ratio for the MACT.




 Emission  Unit       *                                        "     .




     One  option is  to calculate  the  MACT floor based on the.




 average of the emission  reduction  ratio achieved  by the top 5,




 existing  emission units.  The  top  5  sources' are used for -this




 calculation because there are  less than 30  sources  in the  source




 category.  In this  case, the MACT  floor would be  equal to  the




 arithmetic mean of  the emission  reductions  obtained by the top  5




 sources in the source  category or  subcategory,  or an 88 percent




 emission  reduction  ratio [1 -'(sum of controlled  emissions -^  sum




 of uncontrolled emissions)]' or the emission  reductions that can




 be achieved-when  control technologies 1,  4,  or  5  are used  at  the




 top-ranked sources.




 Part D:   Determine a MACT emission limitation  (MEL)




     Calculate an uncontrolled emission  rate  (UCEL)  for the MACT




 emission unit based, on the normal operation  of  the  emission unit.




 Emission reductions obtained through a pollution prevention




 strategy would not be included in the UCEL calculation.  The




permitting authority calculates the UCEL for this emission unit




to be 125 tons/yr total HAPs.   Based on this UCEL, The MEL for




this emission unit would be




          MEL = 125 tons/yr *  (1-0.88)





                              A-17

-------
              = 15 tons/yr



     The permitting authority would advise the permit applicant



of the MEL and allow the applicant to determine how this level of




emission reductions will be achieved.                 .
Step 3:  Select a control technology to meet the MACT Emission




Limitation




     In this example, the nature of the product requires a




specific type of coating, and the applicant is unable to use any




of the reviewed technologies to meet the MEL.  The owner and




operator will analyze other control technologies that are applied




to control similar emission points.  In this example, the similar




emission points have operational losses.  Review of control




technologies to control operational losses identifies add-on




control devices such as a carbon absorber, a thermal' or catalytic




incinerator, or a condenser.  The owner or operator should




conduct a cost, non-air quality health and environmental impacts




and energy requirements analysis on the available control




technologies.




     The major source already has a catalytic incinerator on




site.  The emissions from the spray application equipment and




spray booth could be channeled to the incinerator.  This would




require the installation of a venting system including a pump




mechanism.  It would also require an increased volumetric flow







                              A-18

-------
 rate  to  the  incinerator  and increase  auxiliary fuel  requirements.




 The incinerator  had  been operating  at a  90-percent efficiency.




 With  an  increased volumetric flow rate,  the  efficiency  is




 projected  to drop to 87-percent  efficiency.   The  owner  and




 operator must obtain an.  additional  1-percent  emission reductions.




 Possible control technologies  include increasing  the operating




 temperature  of the incinerator,  or  adding electrostatic




 application  to the spray process to enhance.transfer efficiency.




 Limiting the  hours of operation  at  the MACT emission unit could




 be considered if the reduced production were  part of an overall




 source reduction program.




      Use of  the specialized coating in this operation will




 increase the  concentration of hazardous pollutants in the .water




 used  for the  water curtain.  The proposed control technology does




 not affect the concentration of pollutants in the wastewater.




 This  could be considered a negative environmental impact and may




 be reason to  consider another control- technology to meet the MACT




 emission limitation.   In this instance, the owner or operator




will not violate the NPDES permit,  so the control technology will




not be eliminated from consideration.




     The owner or operator uses this step to demonstrate that




despite the increase in volumetric  flow rate and the  auxiliary




fuel requirement,  a  significant increase in C02  emissions does
                              A-19

-------
not occur.  The owner or operator concludes that the impacts



associated with use of this technology are reasonable.



     After reviewing the technologies the owner or operator



selects the incinerator with a limit on the hours of operation.



The owner or operator proposes to start a training program for



spray booth operators to decrease the error and product rejection



rate.  By doing this, the owner or operator can reduce the hours
          * • '                 '


of operation and still meet customer demands for the product.


This option is chosen over the other two because increasing the



incinerator's operating temperature would require additional



auxiliary fuel input, and enhancing the transfer efficiency with



electrostatic application would be cost prohibitive.  The owner



or operator would document that use of the selected control .  •



technologies can reduce emissions to the required level.
                              A-20

-------
                             Example 4

           When the MACT floor is Equal  to  "No Control"



 Description of Source                      ,   *.

      A commercial treatment storage and disposal facility

 receives  off-site wastes  from various pesticide  manufacturers.   A

 solvent/aqueous/pesticide  mixed  waste is passed  through a

 distillation column  where  the organic solvents' are' vaporized and

 then  condensed into  a distillate receiver.   The  solvent is

 transferred  using tank cars to a tank farm  that  is  located  at

 another .portion of the plant.  The  low-grade solvent  is' then sold

 to  industrial  users.   The  pesticide-laden .wastewater  is then

 passed through a  series of carbon adsorbers where the. majority  of

 pesticide is removed  from  the water.   The water  is  then

 discharged to  a . Publically Owned Treatment  Works  (POTW).  The

 carbon adsorbers  are  periodically steam  stripped to regenerate

 the carbon.

 Tier  I  - Step  1:   Identify the MACT emission unit(s)

 MACT  emission  units:

          •    Each storage tank
          •    Distillation column,  condenser, and distillate
               receiver
          •    Three  carbon absorbers
          •    Pumps,  feed  lines and transfer lines
          •    Loading .racks

     The two process units that contain emission points affected

by this modification are the recycling process and the tank farm.

                              A-21

-------
The equipment and apparatus associated with the affected emission

points are pumps, feed lines, a distillation column, a condenser,

a distillate receiving tank, three carbon absorber and transfer

lines, and a loading rack.  -The permitting authority will
              *              ...            .
consider the three carbon absorbers and the associated emission

points as one emission unit because a single control technology

could be practically designed to cover all. three affected

emission points.  The permitting authority will also group the

distillation column, 'distillate receiver and condenser into one

MACT emission unit.  The feed lines, pumps, and transfer 'lines

would have equipment leak emission losses and would be another

affected emission unit.  The permitting authority -decides to

consider the emission points and equipment for the loading rack

and tanks as separate MACT  emission'units.  If all the tanks were

structurally similar in design one determination could be made

that would be applicable to all the tanks.
Step 2:  Make a MACT floor finding

     For simplicity of this example, the MACT analysis will only

be continued for a tank emission unit.  All the storage tanks

will be structurally similar, so only one MACT determination will

be required.  The permitting authority reviews existing .data

bases and determines that less than 12 percent of tanks in. the

source category or subcategory are controlled.  Therefore the
                               A-22

-------
 MACT floor.is equal to "no control".  This i-s not automatically
 an acceptable "control" measure,  therefore Tier II of the MACT
 analysis must be completed.   In Tier II of the analysis control
 technologies for similar emission points from outside the source
 category or  subcategory will also be considered.
 Tier II - Step 1:   List all  available control technologies
      The following technologies have been identified as possible
 control technologies  that can be  applied to a storage tank to
 control working and breathing emission losses:
      Technology
 1) .  Fixed-roof
 2)   Fixed-roof plus internal' floating roof
 3)   Pressure tank
 4)   Fixed-roof vented to a carbon canister
 5)   Fixed-roof vented to a combustion device
 6)   Fixed-roof vented to a carbon absorber
Emission control
  efficiency,  %
       93
       96
       96
       98
     '  99
      100 '
Step 2:  Eliminate technically infeasible control .technologies
     All of the available control technologies are technically
feasible.
Step 3:  Conduct a non-air quality health, environmental,
economic and energy impacts analysis
                                             »
    .The following series of tables illustrate a. non-air quality
health, environmental, cost and energy impacts analysis for each
control option.
                              A-23

-------
     Table 1 presents information describing the secondary air




impacts and other resource demands of the various control




technologies that are technically feasible.



     Table 2 presents the control options along with their costs



and emission reductions.- The average cost effectiveness of each



control option is also presented.  The average cost effectiveness



is the ratio of,the total annual cost to the total amount of HAP



removed compared to the baseline.  Note that the control options



are presented in terms of increasing emission reductions (i.e.,
                               A-24

-------
Table 1.
CONTROL OPTION
1) Fixed roof
2) Fixed roof +
internal roof
3) Pressure tank
4) Cover and
vented to
carbon canister
5) Cover and vent
to combustion
device
6) Cover and vent
to carbon
absorber
SECONDARY AIR
IMPACTS
None
None
None
Emissions if
carbon regenerated
Increased CO, NOx,
SOx, and
particulate
emissions
Emissions when
carbon regenerated
RESOURCE DEMANDS
None
None
None
Disposal of
•container, solvents
for regeneration
Fuel source,
disposal of ash
Disposal of spent
carbon, solvents
for regeneration
Table 2.
CONTROL
OPTION
1
' 2
3
4
5
6
CONTROL
EFFICIENCY
93
96
96
98
99
100
ANNUAL COST
($)
85,000
113, 000
232,000
110,000
136,000
189,000
EMISSION
REDUCTION
(Mg/Yr)
• 72
88
88
92
103
117
AVERAGE
COST.
EFFECTIVENESS
($/Mg)a
1,181
1,284
2,636
1,196
1,320
1, 615
a  Average  cost  effectiveness  is  the annual cost of each control
  option divided by the annual emission reduction of that option
  (e.g., $85,000/yr -f 72 Mg/yr = $1, 181/Mg) .
                              A-25

-------
control option 1 has the smallest emission reduction, control




option 2 has the second smallest emission reduction, etc.)




     Using Table 2, several control options can be eliminated




from further consideration.  Control option 3 should be




eliminated because control option 2 achieves the same amount of




HAP reductions, but at a lower cost.  Control option 2 should be




eliminated^ because control option 4 achieves a greater degree of




emission reduction for lower cost.  The elimination of control




options 2 and 3 reduces the number of technically feasible and




economically efficient options to four control technologies.




     Table 3 presents the incremental cost effectiveness of the




remaining options.  The incremental cost effectiveness of control




option 1 is the same as its average cost effectiveness,  because




control option 1 is the first incremental option from the




baseline.  The incremental cost effectiveness of control option 4




is the ratio of the difference in cost between options 1 and 4 to




the difference in HAP emission reductions between the two ratios.
                              A-26

-------
Table 3.



CONTROL
OPTION
1
4
5
6



ANNUAL COST
($)
85,000
110,000
136,000
189,000

EMISSION

REDUCTION
(Mg/Yr)
72
92
103
117
AVERAGE
COST
•i.
EFFECTIVENESS
($/Mg)a
1,181 .
1,196
1,320'
1,615
INCREMENTAL
COST

EFFECTIVE-
NESS ($/Mg)b
1,181 '
1,250
2,364
3,786
a Average cost  effectiveness  calculated as described in Table 2.

b Incremental cost effectiveness  is the difference in the annual

  cost  between two options  divided by  the  difference in emission

  reductions between the  same, options  (e.g.,  ($110,000/yr .-

  $85,000/yr)  -H (92 Mg/yr - 72 Mg/yr)  =  $l,250/Mg).

Tier  III  -  Step 1:  Identify MACT

      Examination of the cost effectiveness of the remaining

control options can lead  to the elimination  of other control

options."  Control option 6 is eliminated  because the

incremental cost is deemed  too high.   The  incremental cost of

control option  5 is deemed  acceptable, but,  upon closer

examination,' the secondary  air and energy  impacts make this
 "Decisions" based on the cost-effectiveness values provided in this example
are for illustrative  purposes only.   In real life situations,  cost
effectiveness would be evaluated on a case-by-case basis, and the results of
one case would not determine absolute bounds on the circumstances under which
one would select a level of  emission reduction beyond the floor.
                                A-2 7

-------
option undesirable.  The incremental cost of both options 1 and 4



are deemed acceptable; however, control option 1 is eliminated



because other considerations  (secondary air impacts, etc) do not



preclude the selection of control option 4 which achieves a



greater degree of emission reductions.
                              A-28

-------
                            Appendix B









     Federal Register Notice on Determining an Average  Emis-sion




Limitation for Existing Sources, June  6, 1994  (59  FR  29196).
                               B-l

-------
 [Federal Register: June 6,1994]

 ENVIRONMENTAL   PROTECTION
 AGENCY

 40CFRPart63

 [AD-FRL-4892-5]

 National Emission Standards for
 Hazardous Air Pollutants for Source
 Category: Organic Hazardous Air
 Pollutants From the Synthetic Organic
 Chemical Manufacturing Industry and
 Other Processes Subject to the Negotiated
 Regulation for Equipment Leaks;
 Determination of MACT "Floor"

 AGENCY: Environmental Protection
 Agency (EPA).

 ACTION: Final rule.

 SUMMARY: On December 31, 1992, the
 EPA proposed standards to regulate the
 emissions of certain organic hazardous air
 pollutants from synthetic organic chemical
 manufacturing industry (SOCMI) production
 processes and seven other processes which
 are part of major sources under section 112
 of the Clean Air Act as amended in 1990
 (the Act). This rulemaking is commonly
 called the Hazardous Organic NESHAP or
 the HON. In the final  action regarding the
 December 31, 1992 proposal, which was
 signed on February 28, 1994, and published
 in the Federal Register on  April 22,1994,
 EPA deferred taking final  action regarding
 provisions applicable  to medium storage
 vessels due to the need to resolve an issue of
 statutory interpretation of section
 112(d)(3)(A) of the Act. On March 9,  1994,
 EPA reopened the comment period to request
 additional  comment on the appropriate
 interpretation of this statutory provision and
 the effect of that interpretation on the
 appropriate control requirements for medium
 storage vessels at facilities subject to the
 HON.
    This action announces EPA's final
 decision regarding the interpretation of
Clean Air Act section 112(d)(3)(A) for
purposes of the HON and the final decision
regarding control provisions applicable to
medium storage vessels in SOCMI facilities
subject to the HON. The decision announced
in this action regarding the interpretation of
Clean Air Act section 112(d)(3)(A) for
purposes of the HON will be presumptively
followed in subsequent MACT rulemakings,
but it will not be binding. Although EPA
believes that Congress intended one
interpretation-referred to as the "Higher
Floor Interpretation"—in Clean Air Act
 section 112(d)(3)(A), EPA also believes that
 the Agency retains discretion in important
 respects in setting Floors for MACT
 standards. EPA intends to exercise its
 discretion, within the statutory framework, to
 promulgate MACT standards that best serve
 the public interest.

 EFFECTIVE DATE: June 6,  1994.
 See Supplementary Information section
 concerning judicial review.
   /
 ADDRESSES: Dockets. The following
 dockets contain supporting information used
 in developing the proposed provisions.
 Docket Number A-90-19 contains general
 information used to characterize emissions
 and contrpl costs for the industry and Docket
 A-90-21 contains information on storage
 vessels. These dockets are available for
 public inspection and copying between 8
 a.m. and 4  p.m., Monday through Friday, at
 the EPA's Air and Radiation Docket and
 Information Center, Waterside Mall, room
 M1500,401 M Street SW., Washington, DC
 20460. A reasonable fee may  be charged for
 copying.

 FOR FURTHER INFORMATION
 CONTACT: On technical issues, Dr. Janet S.
 Meyer. Standards Development Branch,
 Emission Standards Division (MD- 13), U.S.
 Environmental Protection Agency, Office of
 Air Quality Planning and Standards,
 Research Triangle Park. North Carolina
 27711, telephone number (919) 541-5254.
 For further information on the legal issue
 addressed in this notice, contact Michael S.
 Winer, Assistant General Counsel, Air and
 Radiation Division (2344), Office of General
 Counsel. Environmental Protection Agency.
 401 M Street SW., Washington, DC 20460,
 telephone number (202) 260-7606.

 SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

 Judicial Review
    Under section 307(b)(l) of the Clean Air
 Act (CAA), judicial review of the actions
 taken by this document is available only on
 the filing of a petition for review in the U.S.
 Court of Appeals for the District of
 Columbia Circuit within 60 days of today's
 publication Of this rule. Under section
307(b)(2) of the CAA, the requirements that
 are subject to today's document may not be
challenged later in civil or criminal
proceedings brought by EPA to enforce these
requirements.
    Public Comment: Approximately 55
comment letters were received in response to
the March 9, 1994 (59 FR 11018) reopening
of the comment period. The majority of these
letters were from industries or industrial
 trade associations, arguing in favor of the
 less stringent "Lower Floor Interpretation."
 Environmental groups, State or local
 governments and labor unions argued almost
 uniformly in favor of the more stringent
 "Higher Floor Interpretation." The EPA
 considered all public comments in framing
 the final policy for MACT floor
 determination and in selection of the
 requirements for medium storage vessels.
 The major issues raised by the comments are
 addressed in this preamble. The EPA's
 responses to all the comments can be found
 in docket A-90-19, Subcategory VI-B.

 I. Summary of Decision on MACT Floor
 Determination

     This section describes EPA's decision
 with respect to the interpretation of Clean
 Air Act section 112(d)(3)(A) for purposes of
 this  rulemaking. As set forth in more detail
 below, EPA believes that one of the
 interpretations of section
 112(d)(3)(A)-referred to as the "Higher
 Floor Interpretation"~is the better and more
 natural reading of the statutory language.

 A. Background
     Section 112(d)(3) of the Clean Air Act •
 provides that Emissions standards
 promulgated under this subsection for
 existing sources * * * shall not be Jess
 stringent * * * than—
     (A) The average emission limitation
 achieved by the best performing 12 percent
 of existing sources * * * 42 U.S.C. section
 7412(d)(3). Existing sources for which the
 Administrator lacks emissions information
 and those .that have recently achieved LAER
 are excluded from consideration. Id. (For
 categories or subcategories with fewer than
 30 sources, standards may not be less
 stringent than "the average emission
 limitation achieved by the best performing 5
 sources." CAA section 112(d)(3)(B)). The
 minimum level of stringency defined by this
 language has come to be known as the
 MACT Floor.
    In the March 9, 1994 Federal Register.
 EPA published a notice soliciting comment
 on "the appropriate interpretation of section
 112(d)(3)(A). Two interpretations of section
 112(d)(3)(A) were discussed. Under the first.
 referred to as the "Higher Floor
 Interpretation," EPA would look at emission
 limitations achieved by each of the best
performing  12 percent of existing sources,
and average those limitations.  "Average"
would be interpreted to mean a measure of
central tendency such as the arithmetic mean
or median. (The arithmetic mean of a set of
measurements is the sum of the
measurements divided by the number of
                                                            B-2

-------
 measurements in the set. The median is the
 value in a set of measurements below and
 above which there are an equal number of
 values, when the measurements are arranged
 in order of magnitude).
     Under the second, "Lower Floor
 Interpretation," EPA would look at the
 average emission limits achieved by each of
 the best performing  12 percent of existing
 sources, and take the lowest. This second
 interpretation groups the words "average
 emission limitation" into a single phrase, and
 asks what "average  emission limitation"
 (accounting for variability over time, or
 between different pollutants being emitted
 from a facility) is "achieved by" all members
 of the best performing 12 percent.

 B. EPA's Interpretation of Section
     The EPA believes that the "Higher
 Floor Interpretation" is a better reading of
 Clean Air Act section 1 12(d)(3)(A) than the
 "Lower Floor Interpretation." This
 conclusion is based on a review of the
 statute, legislative history and comments
 received in response to EPA's March 9
 notice. 1 . The Statutory Language   Section
 1 12(d)(3)(A) requires that standards be no
 less stringent than "* * * the average
 emission limitation achieved by the best
 performing 12 percent of existing sources * *
 *". The EPA believes that the most natural
 and straightforward reading of this language
 would have EPA first determine the emission
 limitations achieved by sources within the
 best performing 12 percent, and then average
 those limitations. This is the method
 described above as the "Higher Floor
 Interpretation."
     The EPA believes that if Congress had
 intended the Lower Floor Interpretation,
 language other than that actually used in
 section 1 12(d)(3)(A) would have been far
 more natural. For example, Congress could
 easily have expressed the Lower Floor
 Interpretation by requiring standards to be no
 less stringent than "the emission limitation
 achieved by all sources within the best
 performing 12 percent." Similarly. Congress
 could have required standards to be no less
 stringent than "the average emission
 limitation achieved by the worst performing
 member of the best performing 12 percent,"
 or "the emission limitation (averaged over
 time to take account of variability in the
 effectiveness of control) achieved by ail
sources within the best performing 12
percent." Any of such phrases would  have
been a more natural way to convey the Lower
Floor Interpretation than the language
Congress chose. However, the actual
language of section 1 12(d)(3)(A) provides,
in straightforward fashion, that standards
 may be no less stringent than the "average
 emission limitation achieved by the best
 performing 12 percent * * *". To glean the
 Lower Floor Interpretation from this
 language is a strain; words and concepts not
 set forth in the statute must be added or
 inferred.
     The language of section 112(d)(3)(B)
 makes this point even clearer. That section
 requires that standards for existing sources-in
 categories or subcategories with fewer than
 30 sources be no less stringent than, "The
 average emission limitation achieved by the
 best performing 5 sources * * *" 42 U.S.C.
 7412(d)(3)(B).
     If an interpretation parallel to the Lower
 Floor Interpretation were intended, it would
 have been more natural for this provision to
 read "the emission limitation achieved by
 the 5th best performing source."

 2. The Legislative History

    The legislative history lends strong
 support to the view that, in passing section
 112(d)(3)(A), Congress intended the Higher
 Floor Interpretation.
    On the House side, the language that
 would eventually become section
 112(d)(3)(A) was offered as a compromise
 amendment by Rep. Dingell on  the House
 Floor on May 23, 1990. (The language of the
 amendment was identical to section
 112(d)(3)(A) as ultimately enacted into law;
 only the numbers were different). Rep.
 Dingell yielded time to Rep. Collins "for
 purposes of explaining the amendment."
 Legislative History of 1990 CAA
 Amendments at 2896. In doing so, Rep.
 Collins noted that she had originally
 supported slightly more stringent numbers
 than those included  in the amendment, and
 that under her original proposal

          The average of emissions from
    the 10 percent cleanest sources would be
    the MACT standard. In cases where
    there are less than 30 sources in a
    category or subcategory, the average of
    the 3 cleanest sources would determine
    the standard.

Id. She went on to explain that under the
compromise amendment introduced by Rep.
Dingell

          MACT for existing stationary
    sources would be the  average of the best
    15 [percent] of technologies within each
    category or subcategory. For categories
    or subcategories where there are less
    than 30 sources, the standard is based on
    the average emissions from the best
    performing  5 sources.
  Legislative History of 1990 CAA
  Amendments at 2897.
      Rep. Collins' formulations are consistent
  with the Higher Floor Interpretation, not the
  Lower. The "average of the 3 cleanest
  sources" cannot mean, as the Lower Floor
  Interpretation would require, the level of
  control achieved by all three of the "cleanest
  sources." Nor can the "average of the best 15
  [percent], of technologies'" mean a technology
  as good as  that used by all sources within the
  top 15 percent.
     Another discussion of section 112(d)(3)
  is similar. On October 27, 1990, Sen.
  Durenberger (a principal supporter of the
  Clean Air Act Amendments) explained the
  provision on the Senate floor. His
  explanation was as follows:

           The standard may not be less
     stringent than the  average of the
     emission levels achieved by the best
     performing 12 percent of the existing
     sources within the category* * * The
     Administrator is to exclude from the
     calculation of the average of top 12
     percent any source which met the
     following conditions* * *

 Legislative  History of 1990 CAA
 Amendments at 870 (Cong. Rec. S16929-
 Oct. 27, 1990). The second sentence of Sen.
 Durenberger's statement, in particular, is
 inconsistent with the Lower Floor
 Interpretation. Sen. Durenberger makes clear
 that the "average" called for in the statute is
 of the "top  12 percent," not the emission
 limitations achieved over time at each
 individual source.
    No legislative history was found that
 supports the Lower Floor Interpretation. The
 EPA believes that the legislative history
 indicates thai individual
 legislators—including those central to the
 drafting of section  112(d)(3)~undersfood the
 word "average" to mean that once the
 emission limitations achieved by the best
 performers in a category had been
 determined,  those results should be averaged.
 This is the method  of the Higher Floor
 Interpretation, not the Lower.

 3. Issues Raised in  Public Comment

 a. Arguments Concerning the Statutory
 Language.

    (i) Plain Meaning of the Statute. Several
 commenters  argued that the meaning of the
statute was plain on its face and that
Congress clearly intended the Higher Floor
Interpretation. These commenters argued that
when section 112(d)(3)(A) is read as a whole
in its most natural way, the Congressional
intent in favor of the Higher Floor
                                                              B-3

-------
Interpretation is clear. They argued that if
Congress had intended the Lower Floor
Interpretation, it would have used different
language in the statute.
    The EPA agrees with these comments.
As set forth in greater detail above, EPA
believes the plain statutory language strongly
favors the Higher Floor Interpretation.
    (ii) Congress" Failure to Use the Words
"of the". Several commenters argued that if
Congress had meant the Higher Floor.
Interpretation, it would have added the words
"of the" to the statute, so that section
112(d)(3)(A) would read "the average of the
emission limitations achieved by the best
performing 12 percent." These commenters
saw the absence of the words "of the" in the
statute as evidence that Congress intended
the Lower Floor Interpretation.
    The EPA agrees that the statute would
be more clear if Congress had used the words
"of the," but disagrees with the conclusion
drawn by these commenters for two reasons.
First, standard English usage often permits
dropping the prepositions "of the" without
changing the meaning of a phrase. (For
example, "the biggest mountain in North
America" has the same meaning as "the
biggest of the mountains in North America."
"Best singer in the band" has the same
meaning as "best of the singers in the
band.") The same cannot be said, however,
for the various phrases and concepts that
must be read into section 112(d)(3)(A) in
order to arrive at the Lower Floor
Interpretation. Phrases like "the worst
performing member of..." or "averaged over
time..." simply are not dropped as part of
standard English. Their absence from section
112(d)(3)(A)-unlike the absence of the
words "of the"—must be considered
significant in interpreting the provision.
Second, although the words "of the" do not
appear in section 112(d)(3)(A), they were
used by key legislators in summarizing that
section prior to passage of the 1990 Clean
Air"Act Amendments. As noted above, when
Sen. Durenberger (a principal supporter of
the Clean Air Act Amendments) spoke on
the Senate floor on October 27,1990, he
explained section 112(d)(3)(A) as follows:

          The standard may not be less
    stringent than the average of the
    emission levels  achieved by the best
    performing 12 percent of the existing
    sources within the category* * *

Legislative History of 1990 CAA
Amendments at 870 (Cong. Rec. S16929-
Oct. 27, 1990) (emphasis added). As also
noted above, when Rep. Collins introduced
the provision in the House, she described it
as follows:
          The average of emissions from
    the 10 percent cleanest sources would be
    the MACT standard. In cases where
    there are less than 30 sources in a
    category or subcategory, the average of
    the 3 cleanest sources would determine
    the standard.

Legislative History of 1990 CAA
Amendments at 2896 (emphasis added)
(describing a provision with identical
language but different numbers than the one
ultimately enacted  into law).
    In EPA's view, the fact that Congress
did not use the words "of the" in section
112(d)(3)(A) is folly consistent with standard
English. However,  the fact that key
legislators did use these words in describing
the provision to their colleagues, in
combination with the failure of those
legislators to use the phrases on which the
Lower Floor Interpretation depends, provides
a strong indication  that Congress intended
the Higher Floor Interpretation  in enacting
section 112(d)(3)(A).
    (iii) Purpose of the Word "Average".
Several commenters argued that the word
"average" in  section 112(d)(3)(A) should be
read to require averaging not of emissions
from different sources within the top 12
percent, but instead of emissions from
individual sources at different times, or from
different emission points, or made up of
different HAP. The EPA does not agree that
the word "average" in section 112(d)(3)(A)
can reasonably be read to serve this purpose.
First, such a reading is difficult, if not
impossible, to reconcile with the provision of
section 112(d)(3) establishing a "floor" for
new sources.  Under those provisions, new •
source standards may not be less stringent
than

          The emission control that is
    achieved in practice by the best
    controlled similar source.

42 U.S.C. 7412(d)(3). Notably,  Congress  did
not use the word "average" in this provision.
If the word "average" in section
112(d)(3)(A)  was intended to refer to
averages across time, or between emission
points, or among different HAP, then
Congress must have intended that such
averaging would take place for existing
source standards, but not for new source
standards. There is  no reason to believe
Congress intended this implausible result.
    There is a much more likely explanation:
That to the extent Congress contemplated
that averaging across time, or between
emission points, or among HAP would play a
role in either existing or new source MACT
standards, it considered the terms "emission
limitation" and "emission control" fully
adequate to reflect that fact. In EPA's air
program, emission limitations have routinely
been expressed in terms of averages across
time, for example, without any special
statutory direction or authority. There is no
reason to believe that Congress would have
thought that special instructions were needed
to ensure that EPA continued this practice,
and even less reason to believe Congress
would  have thought special instructions were
needed with respect to existing source
standards, but not new source standards.
    Furthermore, the legislative history of
section 112 casts doubt on the interpretation
of the word "average" offered by these
commenters. When Congress
comprehensively revised section 112 in the
Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990, it based
the revisions in substantial part on the Clean
Water Act's effluent guidelines program.
(See, e.g., Remarks of Sen. Durenberger,
Cong. Rec. S516 (January 30, 1990) ("*•* *
this approach to regulation of toxic air
pollutants is not without precedent. A
program very similar to the one I have just
described  has already been implemented
under the Clean Water Act").) Under that
program, certain limits (known as "BPT
limits") have long been based on the
"average of the best" performance at existing
facilities. (See generally Remarks of Sen.
Muskie, Legislative History of Federal  Water
Pollution Control Act of 1972 at 169-70
("The  Administrator should establish the
range of'best practicable' levels based  upon '
the average of the best existing performance
by plants of various sizes, ages and unit
processes.")) In determining "average of the
best" under the  Clean Water Act, EPA -has
historically identified the best performers in
an industrial category, and then averaged
their performances. This methodology is
consistent with  the Higher Floor
Interpretation and not the  Lower.
    (iv) Proximity of the Word "Average" to
the Words "Emission Limitation". Several
commenters argued that the proximity of the
word "average" to the words "emission
limitation" suggests that "average" modifies
"emission limitation," and not the entire
phrase  following those words. The EPA does
not agree with this argument. In English,
adjectives often modify not only the noun
immediately following, but an entire phrase.
In the phrase "the biggest mountain in North
America climbed by members of the
Washington. D.C. Climbing Club," for
example, the adjective "biggest" modifies
the entire remainder of the phrase. There is
no reason to conclude that the word
"average" in section 112(d)(3)(A) plays a
different role.
    (v) Use of the Words "Achieved By".
Several commenters argued that the use of
the words  "achieved by" in the statute
                                                              B-4

-------
 indicates that all sources within the top 12
 percent must be achieving the emission
 limitations used to set the MACT Floor.
     The EPA does not agree with this
 argument. The EPA believes the argument
 depends both on inferring the presence of the
 word "all" in section 112(d)(3)(A), and (as
 discussed above) on ignoring, or incorrectly
 construing, the meaning of the word
 "average." Section 112(d)(3)(A) simply does
 not say "the emission limitation achieved by
 all sources within the best performing 12
 percent* * *". Congress' use of the words
 "achieved by" cannot reasonably be
 stretched to accomplish such a rewriting of
 the statute.
      b. Arguments Concerning Structure of
 the Statute. Several commenters argued that
 elements of the statute's structure support the
 Lower Floor Interpretation. For example,
 some commenters argued that the Lower
 Floor Interpretation best reflects EPA's
 authority to consider cost and other factors in
 setting standards more stringent than MACT
 Floor. Other commenters argued that the
 Lower Floor Interpretation best reflects the
 distinction between existing source MACT
 and new source MACT.
     The EPA does not agree with these
 arguments. In fact, the Higher Floor
 Interpretation fully preserves  both of these
 structural elements of the statute. With the
 Higher Floor Interpretation, just as with the
 Lower, EPA still has authority to establish
 existing source standards more stringent than
 the Floor based on enumerated criteria. With
 the Higher Floor Interpretation, just as with
 the Lower, there is still a distinction between
 the Floor for existing sources  and the level of
 control required for new sources. (Under
 section 112(d)(3), standards for new sources
 must be at least as stringent as "the emission
 control that  is achieved in practice by the
 best controlled similar source"). The fact that
 there may be "less distance" to travel above
 the Floor with the Higher Floor Interpretation
 does not establish an inconsistency between
 that interpretation and other parts of the
 statute, nor does it mean that the
 interpretation is flawed in any way.
     Furthermore, structural arguments tend
 to favor the Higher Floor Interpretation more
 strongly than the Lower. Section 112 was
 passed in its current form to ensure quick
 and dramatic reductions in air toxics
 emissions. Congress was frustrated with the
 slow pace of toxics control prior to 1990,
 and many members in part blamed EPA for
 weak controls. See, e.g., H. Comm. Rep.
 101-490 at 150-54, 322-23; S. Rpt. 101-228
 at 128-33. The structure and purpose of
section 112 as a whole indicates that section
 112(d)(3)(A) was intended to establish a
stringent minimum level of control for
hazardous air pollutants.
      c. Additional Arguments. Several
  commenters argued that the Higher Floor
  Interpretation would require EPA to.set
  MACT Floors that failed to correspond to
  real-world control technologies.
      The EPA does not agree with this
  argument The EPA believes that the
  argument depends upon a flawed premise:
  That the word "average" can only mean
  "arithmetic mean." In fact, there are a
  number of conventional methods for
  determining the average of a data set,
  including the median. Congress did not
  mandate a particular method of determining
  "average" or central tendency in section
  112(d)(3)(A), and the choice of
 methodology—whether median, mean, or
 some other measure—can often change the
 results markedly. For example, if the five
 facilities that make up the top 12 percent of a
 source category are achieving reductions
 equal to 99 percent, 98 percent, 95 percent,
 94 percent and 93 percent, EPA need not set
 the MACT Floor equal to the arithmetic
 mean of these values, which is 95.8 percent.
 Using the Higher Floor Interpretation, EPA
 could set the MACT Floor equal the median
 of these values, which is 95 percent.
     This discussion responds to the most
 significant comments on legal issues
 received in response to the March 9. 1994
 Federal Register document. Other comments
 on legal issues are addressed in item number
 VI-B-61 in docket A-90-19.

 C. Conclusion

    The EPA believes that Congress spoke
 with clarity in section 112(d)(3)(A) of the
 Clean Air Act. That provision-requiring
 standards to be no less stringent than "the
 average emission limitation achieved by the
 best performing 12 percent of existing
 sources'—lends little support for an
 interpretation under which standards might
 be set at the emission limitation achieved by
 the worst performing member of the best
 performing 12 percent of existing sources.
 The legislative history offers no support for
 such an interpretation, and indeed points
 strongly in the opposite direction. The EPA
 believes that the Higher Floor Interpretation
 represents the best reading of the statutory
 language.

 II. Discretion in Setting Floors for MACT
 Standards

    In today's notice, EPA announces its
conclusion that Congress intended the
Higher Floor Interpretation. The effect of this
decision, however, is not to identify any
particular number (e.g. the 94th percentile)
as the Floor for all MACT standards. EPA
retains discretion in important respects in
  setting Floors for MACT standards, and
  intends to exercise its discretion, within the
  statutory framework, to promulgate MACT
  standards that best serve the public interest
     EPA believes the Agency retains
  substantial discretion, within the statutory
  framework, to set MACT Floors at
  appropriate levels. For example, because
  Congress did not define the term."average"
  in section 112(d)(3), or in the legislative
  history, it implicitly delegated the authority
  to EPA to do so. The choice of
  methodology— whether mean, median, mode,
  or some other measure—can often change the
  results. (The mean of a set of measurements
  is the sum of the measurements divided by
  the number of measurements in the set. The
  median is the value in a set of measurements
  below and above which there are an equal
  number of values, when the measurements
  are arranged in order of magnitude. The
 mode is the value that occurs most often in a
 set of measurements). As some commenters
 noted, the "average of the best performing
  12%" corresponds to the 94th percentile
 when the word "average" is construed to be
 the "median." If, however, "average" is
 construed to be the "arithmetic mean" or
 "mode," a different result may obtain. EPA
 construes the word "average" in section
 112(d)(3) to authorize the Agency to use any
 reasonable method, in a particular factual
 context, of determining the central tendency
 of a data set. In addition'. EPA has discretion
 to use its best engineering judgment in
 collecting arid analyzing the data, and in
 assessing the data's comprehensiveness,
 accuracy and variability, in order to
 determine which sources achieve the best
 emission reductions. EPA also has discretion
 in determining how to analyze the data, and
 thus in determining the appropriate
  average" in each category or subcategory.
     There are other important ways that EPA
 retains discretion in setting MACT floors.
 For example. Congress authorized EPA 10
 subcategorize source categories based on
 classes, types and sizes of sources, which
 will result in different Floors for different
 subcategories. CAA section 112(d)(l). Using
 this authority, EPA can tailor standards to
 certain characteristics of particular emission
 units and sources. EPA retains flexibility, for
 example, to  conclude that the production
 processes used at particular sources in the
 relevant category are sufficiently  different
 from processes used at other sources in the
 same category to justify the creation of a new
 subcategory.
    These examples are not meant to be
exhaustive. EPA has only begun the process
of setting MACT standards. As EPA gains
experience in setting MACT Floors, other
 issues may arise that will require EPA to
exercise its discretion in determining, for
                                                              B-5

-------
each case, what represents the average
emission limitation achieved by the best
performing 12% of existing sources (or the
best performing five sources, in categories or
subcatcgories with fewer than 30 sources).

HI. Precedential Impact of Today's
Determination

    In its March 9,1994 document, EPA
stated that "the MACT floor decision * * *
in this rulemaking will have broad
precedential effect, and will be
presumptively followed in subsequent
MACT rulemakings." 59 FR 11018. Several
commenters objected this statement, arguing
that the issue of how best to interpret section
112(d)(3)(A) should have been addressed in
a separate, generally applicable rulemaking.
    The EPA wishes to emphasize that,
although today's decision concerning the
interpretation of Clean Air Act section
112(d)(3) for purposes of the HON will be
precedential for future rulemakings, it will
not be binding. Specifically, EPA will fully
consider all comments on individual MACT
standards, including those regarding the
proper interpretation of the language in sec.
112(d)(3)(A), received on or before the close
of the comment periods for those standards.

IV. Application of MACT Floor Decision to
Medium Storage Vessels at Facilities Subject
to the HON

    As described  in the March 9, 1994
Federal Register reopening the comment
period, EPA requested comment on whether
the control requirements for medium storage
vessels previously proposed by EPA would
be appropriate in the event those proposed
controls were to be determined to be more
stringent than the  floor. Only four
commenters addressed the question of the
appropriate controls requirement for medium
storage vessels and provided rationale for
their opinions. Of these commenters, only
one submitted  information which purported
to represent control information for SOCMI
storage vessels. This information was
reviewed and found to not provide any
information on control performance and to
represent storage vessels associated with
non-SOCMI processes (i.e., other source
categories) as well as SOCMI processes.
Therefore, the  submitted information could
not be used to revise the database. The EPA
review of this information is contained in
item VI-B-62 in docket A-90-19. This
section of the preamble, therefore, only
presents the basis  for the final decision on
control requirements for medium sized
storage vessels.
    For medium vessels, about 8 percent of
the vessels are controlled with either a
90-percent efficient control device or an IFR
or EFR with a continuous seal. All of the
controlled medium-sized vessels contained   .
liquids with vapor pressures of 13.1 kPa (1.9
psia). Because the arithmetic mean
characteristics of the top 12 percent of the
medium vessels would not represent the
performance of any known technology, the
EPA used the median as the average for
these vessels. Thus, for medium-sized
storage vessels, the floor determined by the
average characteristics of the top 12 percent
of the sources would require control of
vessels storing liquids with vapor pressures
of 13.1 kPa (1.9 psia) by either a 90-percent
efficient control device or an IFR or EFR
with a continuous seal.
    In selection of the control provisions for
medium-sized storage vessels, EPA
considered the regulatory alternatives that
were presented in the April 22, 1994 Federal
Register document. These alternatives
reflected a combination of: (1) The floor
control for medium-sized storage vessels,
which at the time of proposal, were equipped
with the floor controls and (2) the proposed
control provisions for medium-sized storage
vessels which were equipped with no control
or less efficient controls than the
performance of the revised floor component
for the source-wide floor. The EPA did not
develop a regulatory alternative
corresponding to application of the revised
floor control level to all storage vessels. Such
an alternative would have essentially the
same control costs as the proposed control
provisions, but would result in a lower
emission reduction. Because the floor control
would represent a less economically efficient
option and would add to the complexity of
the rule, this option was not formally
evaluated.
    For medium storage vessels at existing
sources, control at the regulatory alternative
used to represent the floor control was
estimated to cost $2.4 million/yr and to result
in an emission reduction of 370 Mg/yr (110
tons/yr). The regulatory option for control
level beyond the floor component is
estimated to further reduce emissions by less
than 100 Mg/yr (110 tons/yr) at an additional
cost of $4 million/yr, or S48,000/Mg for
each additional Mg of emission reduction.
Due to the relatively high incremental costs
and low emission reductions of this
alternative, the EPA believes that the control
level for the medium storage vessels
component of the source- wide floor
represented the maximum reduction
achievable considering cost and other
impacts.

IV. Administrative Requirements

A. Docket
    The docket is an organized and complete
file of all the information submitted to or
otherwise considered by EPA in the
development of this rulemaking. The
principal purposes of the docket are: (1) To
allow interested parties to identify and locate
documents so that they can effectively
participate in the rulemaking process and (2)
to serve as the record in case of judicial
review (except for interagency review
materials) (Section 307(d)(7)(A)).

B. Paperwork Reduction Act

    The information collection requirements
of these provisions in this rule have been
submitted for approval to the OMB under the
Paperwork Reduction Act, 44 U.S.C. 3501  et
seq. An Information Collection Request
document has been prepared by the EPA
(ICRNo. 1414.02), and a copy may be
obtained from Sandy Farmer, Information
Policy Branch, EPA, 401 M Street, SW.,
(2136), Washington, DC 20460, or by
calling (202) 260- 2740. These requirements
are  not effective until OMB approves them
and a technical amendment to that effect is  '
published in the Federal  Register.
    The reporting and recbrdkeeping burden
of the information collection requirements of
the  provisions for medium sized storage
vessels are included in the estimate of the
overall reporting burden, which is presented
in ICRNo. 1414.02. The information
collection requirements for the entire rule has
an estimated annual reporting burden
averaging 1,400 hours per response, and an
estimated annual recordkeeping burden
averaging 5,400 hours  per respondent. These
estimates include time for reviewing
instructions, searching existing data sources,
gathering and maintaining the data needed.
and completing and reviewing the collection
of information.
    Send comments regarding the burden
estimate or any other aspect of this collection
of information, including suggestions for
reducing this burden, to Chief, Information
Policy Branch, EPA: 401 M Street, SW.,
(Mail code 2136); Washington, DC 20460:
and to the Office of Information and
Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management
and Budget,  Washington, DC 20503, marked
"Attention: Desk Officer for EPA."

C. Executive Order 12866

    This final action regarding provisions
applicable to medium sized storage vessels in
facilities subject to the HON has been
reviewed in accordance with Executive
Order 12866. Under the terms of the Order,
the Administrator has assessed the potential
costs and benefits of the regulatory action.
The methods for and results of these cost and
                                                             B-6   -

-------
 benefit analyses are described in the HON's
 Regulatory Impact Analysis (RIA).,The RIA
 was included in the HON docket at proposal,
 and thus it was made available for public
 comment.
     Executive Order 12866 also requires
 that the record for "significant" rules include
 an assessment of the potentially effective and
 reasonably feasible alternatives to the
 planned action. The potentially effective and
 reasonably feasible alternatives to the control
 requirements in the HON were also analyzed
 as part of the rule development process. The
 methods for and results of these analyses are
 described in the HON's Background
 Information  Document (BID). The BID was
 included in the HON docket at proposal, and
 thus it was also available for public
 comment.  In addition, many of the
 alternative requirements considered by  the
 Administrator were described in the
 preamble for the HON proposal.
     The potential costs associated with
 selection of the final provisions are primarily
 the result of statutory requirements. All
 elements of the cost that are not directly
 attributable to statutory requirements were
 deemed appropriate because the
 Administrator determined that they were
 necessary for administering this program
 effectively and efficiently. In assessing  the
 potential costs and benefits—both
 quantitative and qualitative--of this rule, the
 Administrator has determined that the
 benefits justify the costs.
     The Administrator has also determined
 that this regulatory action  does not unduly
 interfere with State, local and tribal
 governments in the  exercise of their
 governmental functions.

 D. Regulatory Flexibility Act Compliance

     The Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C.
 601 et seq.) requires the EPA to consider
 potential impacts of Federal regulations on
 small business entities. If a preliminary
 analysis indicates that a proposed regulation
 would have a significant economic impact
 on 20 percent or more of small  entities, then
 a regulatory flexibility analysis must be
 prepared.
    Regulatory impacts are considered
 significant if any of the following criteria are
 met: (1) Compliance increases annual
 production  costs by  more than 5 percent.
 assuming costs are passed on to consumers;
 (2) compliance costs as a percentage of sales
 for small entities are at least 10 percent more
than compliance costs as a percentage of
sales for large entities; (3) capital costs of
compliance represent a "significant" portion
of capital available to small entities,
considering internal  cash flow plus external
financial capabilities; or (4) regulatory
 requirements are likely to result in closures
 of small entities.   ,
     The potential .Costs of the requitements
 for medium sized storage vessels were
 considered as part of the economic impact
 analysis for the entire regulation. The
 assessment of the economic impacts of the
 overall regulation were presented in the April
 22, 1994 Federal Register (59 FR 19449).
 Therefore, the addition of the final
 provisions to the standard does not alter the
 conclusion that the standard is not expected
 to have a significant economic impact on a
 substantial number of small firms.
    Pursuant to the provisions of 5 U.S.C.
 605(b), I hereby certify that this attached rule
 will not have an economic impact on small
 entities because no  additional costs will be
 incurred.

 List of Subjects in 40 CFR Part 63

    Environmental protection, Air pollution
 control, Hazardous  substances, Reporting
 and recordkeeping requirements.

 Dated: May 27, 1994.

 Carol M. Browner,
 Administrator.

    For the reasons set out in the preamble,
 part 63, title 40, chapter I, of the Code of
 Federal Regulations is amended as follows:

 PART 63~[AMENDED]

    1. The authority citation for part 63
 continues to read as follows:

    Authority: Sections 101. 112, 114, 116,
 and 301 of the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C.
 7401, et seq., as amended by Pub. L.
 101-549, 104 Stat. 2399).

 Subpart G~National Emission Standards for
Organic Hazardous Air Pollutants from
Synthetic Organic Chemical Manufacturing
Industry Process Vents, Storage Vessels.
Transfer Operations, and Wastewater

   2. Table 5 of the appendix to subpart G
is revised to read as  follows:

   Table 5.-Group 1 Storage Vessels at
             Existing Sources
'Maximum true'vapor pressure of total
organic HAP at storage temperature.

[FR Doc. 94-13666 Filed 6-3-94; 8:45 am]

BILLING CODE 6560-50-P
Vessel capacity
(cubic meters)
75 i capacity < 151
151 s capacity
Vapor Pressure1
(kilopascals)
a 13.1
* 5.2
                                                              B-7

-------
B-8

-------
                            Appendix C

                 EXAMPLE NOTICE OF MACT APPROVAL
                     Notice of MACT Approval
                    CFR 40,  Part  63,  Subpart.B
    Maximum Achievable Control Technology Emission Limitation
       -    .•  '.      •            for
             Constructed and Reconstructed Sources
                       under Section  112 (j)
  This notice establishes practicable, enforceable maximum      -
achievable control technology emission limitation(s) and
requirements for Name of major source for the MACT-affected
emission unit(s) located at location of all MACT-affected
emission units.  The emission limitations and requirements,set
forth in this document are enforceable on effective date of
notice.

A.  Major Source Information

  1.  Mailing address of owner or operator:

  2.  Mailing address for location of major source:

  3.  Source category or subcategory for major source:

  4.  MACT-affected emission unit(s):  List' all emission unit (s)
     subject to this Notice of MACT Approval along, with the
     source identification number if applicable.

  5.  Type of construction or reconstruction:  Describe the action
     taken by the owner or operator of the major source that
     qualifies as the construction of a new affected source or
     reconstruction of an affected source under the requirements
     of 40 CFR Part 63, Subpart B, sections 63.50-63.56

  6.  Anticipated commencement date for construction or
     reconstruction:

  7.  Anticipated start-up date of construction or reconstruction:

  8.  List of the hazardous, air , pollutants emitted by MACT-
     af fected emission unit(s):   List all hazardous air
     pollutants that are or will be emitted from the affected'.
                               C-l

-------
     emission unit(s).  Any pollutant  not  listed in  this  section
     cannot be emitted by  the  emission unit  without  an  amendment
     to the Notice of MACT Approval.
B.  MACT Emission Limitation

  1. The above stated owner or operator  shall not exceed the
     following emission limitation(s) for the above stated MACT-
     affected emission unit(.s).   Write in emission standard or
     MACT emission limitation for .overall hazardous air pollutant
     emissions from each affected emission  unit.  -If  the
     permitting authority determines  that an individual pollutant
     emission limitation is appropriate, it should also be listed
     in this section.

  2. The above stated owner or operator  shall install and operate
     the following control technology(s), specific design,
     equipment, work practice, operational  standard,  or
     combination thereof to meet  the emission standard or MACT
     emission limitation listed in paragraph 1 of this section.
     List all control technologies to be installed by the owner
     or operator and which emission units to which the control
     technologies apply.

  3. The above stated owner or operator  shall adhere  to the
     following production or operational parameters for the
     technologies listed in paragraph 2 of  this section.  State
     all production or operational parameters.  For-'example:

          The owner or operator may, subject to [name of agency]
          approval, by-pass the emission control device for a
          limited period of time  for purposes such as maintenance
          of the•control device.

          The owner or operator shall operate and maintain the
          control equipment such  that it has a 95% hazardous air
          pollutant destruction efficiency.

          The owner or operator shall not operate the MACT-
          affected emission unit  for greater than 6 hours in any
          24-hour period of time.

C.  Monitoring Requirements

  For each MACT emission limitation and operational requirement
  established in Section B (MACT emission limitation)  the above
                               C-2

-------
   stated  owner  or  operator  shall  comply with the following
   monitoring  requirements.   State all itionitoring requirements.
   For example:                                 •
      After installing the control equipment required to comply
      with Section  B.I visually inspect the internal  floating
      roof,  the  primary seal,  and  the secondary seal,  before
    •  filling  the storage vessel               -.

      The  owner, or  operator  shall  calibrate,  maintain  and operate
      a  continuous  monitoring system  for the measurement of
      opacity  of emissions discharged from  the control device
      required in Section B.2 according to  the following
     procedures:   etc.
D.  Reporting and Recordkeeping Requirements

  List all reporting and recordkeeping requirements  in this
  section.  For example:
     The owner or operator shall maintain at  the  source  for  a
     period of at least 5 years records of  the visual
     inspections, maintenance and repairs performed  on each
     secondary hood system as required in Section B.2.
E.  Other Requirements

  1. The above stated owner or operator shall comply with the
     General Provisions set forth in Subpart A of 40 CFR Part 63,
     as specified in 40 CFR 63.1 (a) and as specified herein by
     the permitting authority.

  2. In addition to the requirements stated in paragraph 1 of
     this section, the owner or operator will be subject to the
     following additional requirements.  If there are any
     specific requirements that the reviewing agency would like
     to clarify or add, those requirements should' also be stated
     in this paragraph.  This paragraph could also include
     requirements for emergency provisions and start-up and shut-
     down procedures         .         •
F.  Compliance Certifications

  The above stated owner or operator shall certify compliance
  with the terms and conditions of this notice according to the
  following .procedures:   This section 'should include a
                               C-3

-------
description of the terms and conditions that the owner or
operator will use to certify compliance, as well as the format
and frequency of the certification.
                             C-4

-------
                            Appendix D      •






  Federal Register Notice on Final Amendments to Regulations




Governing Equivalent Emission Limitations by Permit.








Also see: http://www.epa.gov/ttn/atw/112j/112jaypg.html
                              D-l

-------
Friday,
April 5, 2002
Part
Environmental

Protection Agency

40 CFR Part 63
National Emission Standards for
Hazardous Air Pollutants for Source
Categories: General Provisions; and
Requirements for Control Technology
Determinations for Major Sources in
Accordance With Clean Air Act Sections,
Sections 112(g) and 112(j); Final  Rule

-------
  16582
Federal Register/Vol.  67, No. 66/Friday,  April 5, 2002/Rules and Regulations
  ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
  AGENCY

  40 CFR Part 63
  [FRL-7155-8]
  RIN 2060—AF31

  National Emission Standards for
  Hazardous Air Pollutants for Source
  Categories: General Provisions; and
  Requirements for Control Technology
  Determinations for Major Sources in
  Accordance with Clean Air Act
  Sections, Sections 112(g) and 1120)

  AGENCY: Environmental Protection
  Agency (EPA).
  ACTION: Final rule; amendments.

  SUMMARY: On March 16,1994, the EPA
  promulgated General Provisions for
  national emission standards for
  hazardous air pollutants (NESHAP) and
  other regulatory requirements that are
  established under section 112 of the
  Clean Air Act (CAA). In today's action,
 we are promulgating amendments to the
 General Provisions that revise and
 clarify several of the current provisions.
   We are promulgating these
 amendments, in part, as a result of
 decisions reached in settlement
 negotiations conducted between
 petitioners who filed for review of the
 General Provisions and the EPA, as well
 as internal EPA discussions on issues
 regarding implementation of the General
 Provisions. The promulgated
 amendments also reflect our response to
 public comments.
   In a separate action in today's Federal
 Register, we are also amending
 regulations on National Emission
 Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants:
 Solvent Extraction for Vegetable Oil
 Production, in a direct final rule in
 order to resolve inconsistencies between
 that rule and these amendments to the
 General Provisions.
   In addition, in today's action, we are
 promulgating amendments to the rule
 that establishes equivalent emission
 limitations by permit under section
 112(j) of the CAA. The "section 112(j)"
 rule establishes requirements and
 procedures for owners  or operators of
 major sources of hazardous air
 pollutants (HAP) and permitting
 authorities to comply with section
 112(j). The section 112(j) rule was
 promulgated on May 20, 1994.
  These amendments have been
 developed in response to settlement
negotiations conducted between
petitioners who filed for review of the
section 112(j) rule and the EPA, as well
as internal EPA discussions regarding
implementation of the section 112(j)
                       rule. The promulgated amendments to
                       the section 112 (j) rule also reflect our
                       response to public comments.
                       EFFECTIVE DATE: April 5, 2002.
                       ADDRESSES: Docket No. A-2001-02, Part
                       63 General Provisions (Subpart A) and
                       Section 112(j) Regulations (Subpart B)
                       Litigation Settlement Amendments,
                       contains supporting information used in
                       developing these amendments. This
                       docket is located at the U.S. EPA, 401
                       M Street, SW, Washington, DC 20460 in
                       room M-1500, Waterside Mall (ground
                       floor), and is available for public
                       inspection and copying from 8:30 a.m.
                       through 5:30 p.m., Monday through
                       Friday, excluding legal holidays. A
                       reasonable fee may be charged for
                       copying.

                       FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CON1ACT: For
                       information concerning applicability
                       and rule determinations, contact your
                       State or local permitting agency   '
                       representative or the appropriate EPA
                       Regional Office representative. For
                       further information concerning the
                       development of these rule amendments,
                       contact Mr.  Rick Colyer, U.S. EPA,
                       Office of Air Quality Planning and
                       Standards, Minerals and Inorganic
                       Chemicals Group, C504-05, Research
                       Triangle Park, North Carolina, 27711,
                       telephone (919) 541-5262, e-mail
                       colyer.rick@epa.gov.
                       SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Docket.
                      The docket is an organized and
                      complete file of the record compiled by
                      EPA in the development of this.
                      rulemaking. The docket is a dynamic
                      file because material is added
                      throughout the rulemaking process. The
                      docketing system is intended to allow
                      members of the public and industries
                      involved to readily identify and locate
                      documents so that they can effectively
                      participate in the rulemaking process.
                      Along with the background information
                      document and'the proposal and
                      promulgation preamble and standards
                      for this rulemaking, the contents of the
                      docket will serve as the record in the
                      case of judicial review. (See section
                      307(d)(7)(A)  of the CAA.) All these
                      materials are available for review in the
                      docket or copies may be mailed on
                      request from the Air Docket by calling
                      (202) 260-7548. A reasonable fee may
                      be charged for copying docket materials.
                       Worldwide Web (WWW). In addition
                      to being available in the docket, an
                      electronic copy of today's promulgated
                      rule amendments will also be available
                      on the WWW through the Technology
                      Transfer Network (TTN). Following the
                      Administrator's signature, a copy of the
                      rule will be posted on the TTN's policy
                      and guidance page for newly proposed
  or promulgated rules: http://
 . www.epa.gov/ttn/oarpg. The TTN
  provides information and technology
  exchange in various areas of air
  pollution control. If more information
  regarding the TTN is needed, call the
 TTN HELP line at (919) 541-5384.

    Regulated Entitle^. Categories and
  entities potentially regulated by this .
 action include all section 112 source
 categories listed under section 112{c) of
 the CAA.

 Industry Group: Source Category

 Fuel Combustion
 Combustion Turbines
 Engine Test Facilities
 Industrial Boilers
 Institutional/Commercial Boilers
 Process Heaters
 Reciprocating Internal Combustion Engines
 Rocket Testing Facilities

 Non-Ferrous Metals Processing
 Primary Aluminum Production
 Primary Copper Smelting
 Primary Lead Smelting
 Primary Magnesium Refining
 Secondary Aluminum Production
 Secondary Lead Smelting

 Ferrous Metals Processing
 Coke By-Product Plants
 Coke Ovens: Charging, Top Side, and Door
   Leaks
 Coke Ovens: Pushing, Quenching, Battery
   Stacks
 Ferroalloys Production: Silicomanganese and
   Ferromanganese
 Integrated Iron and Steel Manufacturing
 Iron Foundries Electric Arc Furnace (EAF)
   Operation
 Steel Foundries
 Steel Pickling—HC1 Process Facilities and
   Hydrochloric Acid Regeneration
 Mineral Products Processing
 Alumina Processing
 Asphalt Concrete Manufacturing
 Asphalt Processing
 Asphalt Roofing Manufacturing
 Asphalt/Coal Tar Application—Metal Pipes
 Clay Products Manufacturing
 Lime Manufacturing
 Mineral Wool Production
 Portland Cement Manufacturing
 Refractories Manufacturing
 Taconite Iron Ore Processing
 Wool Fiberglass Manufacturing

 Petroleum and Natural Gas Production and
 Refining
 Oil and Natural Gas Production -
 Natural Gas Transmission and Storage
 Petroleum Refineries—Catalytic Cracking
  (Fluid and other) Units, Catalytic
  Reforming Units, and Sulfur Plant Units
  Petroleum Refineries—Other Sources Not
  Distinctly Listed

Liquids Distribution
Gasoline Distribution (Stage 1)
Marine Vessel Loading Operations
Organic Liquids Distribution (Non-Gasoline)

-------
                 Federal Register/Vol.  67, No.  66/Friday,  April  5,  2002/Rules and  Regulations
                                                                          16583
Surface Coating Processes
Aerospace Industries
Auto and Light Duty Truck
Largo Appliance
Magnetic Tapes
Manufacture of Paints, Coatings, and
  Adhesives
Motal Can
Metal Coil
Metal Furniture
Miscellaneous Metal Parts and Products
Paper and Other Webs
Plastic Parts and Products
Printing, Coating, and Dyeing of Fabrics
Printing/Publishing
Shipbuilding and Ship Repair
Wood Building Products
Wood Furniture

Waste Treatment and Disposal
Hazardous Waste Incineration
Municipal Landfills
Off-Site Waste and Recovery Operations
Publicly Owned Treatment Works (POTW)
  Emissions
Sewage Sludge Incineration
Site Remediation
Solid Waste Treatment, Storage and Disposal
  Facilities (TSDF)

Agricultural Chemicals Production
Pesticide Active Ingredient Production

Fibers Production Processes
Acrylic Fibers/Modacrylic Fibers Production
Rayon Production
Spandex Production

Food and Agriculture Processes
Manufacturing of Nutritional Yeast
Cellulose Food Casing Manufacturing
Vegetable Oil Production

Pharmaceutical Production Processes
Pharmaceuticals Production

Polymers and Resins Production
Acetal Resins Production
Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene Production
Alkyd  Resins Production
Amino Resins Production
Boat Manufacturing
Butyl Rubber Production
Carboxymethylcellulose Production
Cellophane Production
Cellulose Ethers Production
Epichlorohydrin Elastomers Production
Epoxy Resins Production
Ethylene-Propylene Rubber Production
Flexible Polyurethane Foam  Production
Hypalon (tm) Production
Maleic Anhydride Copolymers Production
Methylcellulose Production
Methyl Methacrylate-Acrylonitrile-
  Butadiene-Styrene Production
Methyl Methacrylate-Butadiene-Styrene
  Terpolymers Production
Neoprene Production
Nitrlle Butadiene Rubber Production
Nitrile Resins Production
Non-Nylon Polyamides Production
Phenolic Resins Produqtion
Polybutadiene Rubber Production
Polycarbonates Production
Polyester Resins Production
Polyether Polyols Production
Polyethylene Terephthalate Production
Polymerized Vinylidene Chloride Production
Polymethyl Methacrylate Resins Production
Polystyrene Production
Polysulfide Rubber Production
Polyvinyl Acetate Emulsions Production
Polyvinyl Alcohol Production
Polyvinyl Butyral Production
Polyvinyl Chloride and Copolymers
  Production
Reinforced Plastic Composites Production
Styrene-Acrylonitrile Production
Styrene-Butadiene Rubber and Latex
  Production

Production of Inorganic Chemicals
Ammonium Sulfate Production—
  Caprolactam By-Product Plants
Carbon Black Production
Chlorine Production
Cyanide Chemicals Manufacturing
Fumed Silica Production
Hydrochloric Acid Production
Hydrogen Fluoride Production
Phosphate Fertilizers Production
Phosphoric Acid Manufacturing
Uranium Hexafluoride Production

Production of Organic Chemicals
Ethylene Processes
Quaternary Ammonium Compounds
  Production
Synthetic Organic Chemical

Miscellaneous Processes
Benzyltrimethylammonium Chloride
  Production
Butadiene Dimers Production
Carbonyl Sulfide Production
Cellulosic Sponge Manufacturing
Chelating Agents Production
Chlorinated Paraffins
Chromic Acid Anodizing
Commercial Dry Cleaning
  (Perchloroethylene)—Transfer Machines
Commercial Sterilization Facilities
Decorative Chromium Electroplating
Dry Cleaning (Petroleum Solvent)
Ethylidene Norbornene Production
Explosives Production
Flexible Polyurethane Foam Fabrication
  Operations
Friction Products Manufacturing
Halogenated Solvent Cleaners
Hard Chromium Electroplating
Hydrazine Production
Industrial Dry Cleaning
  (Perchloroethylene)—Dry-to-Dry Machines
Industrial Dry Cleaning
  (Perchloroethylene)—Transfer Machines
Industrial Process Cooling Towers
Leather Tanning and Finishing Operations
OBPA/l,3-Diisocyanate Production
Paint Stripping Operations
Photographic Chemicals Production
Phthalate Plasticizers Production
Plywood and Composite Wood Products
Polyether Polyols Production
Pulp and Paper Production
Rubber Chemicals Manufacturing
Rubber Tire Manufacturing
Semiconductor Manufacturing
Symmetrical Tetrachloropyridine Production

Categories of Area Sources
Chromic Acid Anodizing
Commercial Dry Cleaning
  (Perchloroethylene)—Dry-to-Dry Machines
Commercial Dry Cleaning
  (Perchloroethylene)—Transfer Machines
Comiriercial Sterilization Facilities
Decorative Chromium Electroplating
Halogenated Solvent Cleaners
Hard Chromium Electroplating
Secondary Lead Smelting

This list is not intended to be
exhaustive, but rather provides a guide
for readers regarding entities likely to be
regulated by this action. To determine
whether you are regulated by this
action, you should examine the section
112(d) regulation for your source
category. If you have any questions
regarding the applicability of this action
to a particular entity, consult the person
listed in the preceding FOR FURTHER
INFORMATION CONTACT section.  Only
source categories for which standards
have not been promulgated by May 15,
2002, are affected by the section 112(j)
regulation.
  Judicial Review. The amendments to
the General Provisions and the section
112(j) provisions were proposed on
March 23, 2001 (66 FR 16318). Today's
action announces EPA's final decision
on the amendments.  Under section
307(b)(l) of the CAA, judicial  review of
these amendments is available only by
filing a petition for review in the U.S.
Court of Appeals for  the District of
Columbia Circuit by  June 4, 2002. Under
section 307[d)(7)(B) of the CAA, only
those objections to this rule that were
raised with reasonable specificity
during the period for public comment
may be raised during judicial review.
Moreover, under section 307(b)(2) of the
CAA, the requirements that are the
subject of today's final rule may not be
challenged separately in civil or
criminal proceedings brought  by the
EPA to enforce these requirements.
   Outline. The information presented in
this preamble is organized as follows:
I. Background       '-•
  A. General Provisions
  B. Section 112(j) Provisions
II. What significant comments did we
    consider and what are the major changes
    to the proposed amendments  to the
    General Provisions?
  A. Comments and Changes in Response to
    Our Requests for Comments
  B. Other Comments and Changes
III. What significant comments did we
    consider and what are the major changes
    to the proposed amendments  to the
    section 112(j) provisions?
  A. Impact of Missing the Section 112(j)
    Deadline
  B. Comments and Changes in Response to
    our Requests for Comments
  C. Other Comments and Changes
IV. What  is the section  112(j) process?
  A. If I am an owner or operator of a source,
    what must I do?

-------
 16584
Federal Register/Vol.  67, No. 66/Friday,  April 5, 2002/Rules and Regulations
   B. If I am the permitting authority for a
    source subject to section 112(j), what
    must I do?
   C. What happens when a rule comes out
    after the hammer date for a given source
    category?
 V. What are the environmental, energy, cost,
    and economic impacts of this rule?
 VI. What are the administrative requirements
    for this'rule?      ,
   A. Executive Order 12866, Regulatory
    Planning and Review
   B. Paperwork Reduction Act
   C. Executive Order 13132, Federalism
   D. Executive Order 13175, Consultation
    and.Coordination with Indian Tribal
    Governments
   E. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995
   F. Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) as
    Amended by Small Business Regulatory
    Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996
    (SBREFA), 5 U.S.C. 601 et seg.
   G. National Technology Transfer and
    Advancement Act of 1995
   H. Executive Order 13045, Protection of
    Children from Environmental Health
    Risks and Safety Risks
   I. Congressional Review Act
   J. Executive Order 13211, Actions
    Concerning Regulations That
    Significantly Affect Energy  Supply,
    Distribution, or Use

 I. Background

 A. General Provisions
   Section 112 of the CAA requires us to
 list categories and subcategories of
 major sources and area sources of HAP
 and to establish NESHAP for the listed
 source categories and subcategories.
 Major sources of HAP are those that
 have the potential to emit greater than
 10 tons per year  of any one HAP or 25
 tons per year of any combination of
 HAP. Area sources of HAP are those
 sources that do not have potential to
 emit greater than 10 tons per year of any
 one HAP and 25 tons per year of any
 combination  of HAP. The General
 Provisions to 40  CFR part 63 establish
 the framework for emission standards
 and other requirements developed
 pursuant to section 112(d) of the CAA.
 The General Provisions eliminate the
 repetition of general information and
 requirements in individual NESHAP by
 consolidating all generally applicable
 information in one location. They
 include sections  on applicability,
 definitions, compliance dates and
 requirements, monitoring,
 recordkeeping and reporting, among
 others. In addition, they include
 administrative sections concerning
 actions that the EPA (or delegated
 authorities) must take, such as making
 determinations of applicability,
reviewing applications for approval of
new construction, responding to
requests for extensions or waivers of
applicable requirements, and generally
                       enforcing national standards for    ;
                       controlling toxic air pollutants. The
                       General Provisions become applicable to
                       a section 112(d) source category rule
                       when the source category rule is
                       promulgated and becomes effective.
                         The General Provisions to part 63
                       were developed in a collaborative
                       process that included input from
                       industry and other interested parties.
                       On August 11,1993, we proposed the
                       General Provisions in the Federal
                       Register (58 FR 42760). We received
                       numerous comments on that proposal
                       from industry groups, environmental
                       groups, and State and local agencies.
                       Those comments addressed a wide
                       range of issues and requirements in the
                       proposed rulemaking. We published our
                       final decisions regarding the  General
                       Provisions in the Federal Register on
                       March 16, 1994 (59 FR 12408). In the
                       preamble to the promulgated rule, we
                       discussed major comments on the
                       proposal and our responses to those
                       comments. We addressed other
                       comments in the Background
                       Information Document (BID)  for the
                       promulgated rulemaking (EPA-450/3—
                       91—019b). In responding to comments,
                       we made some changes and some
                       clarifications to the final package and
                       retained other provisions where the
                       Agency believed it was appropriate  to
                       do so.
                         On May 16,1994, six petitioners filed
                       for review of the General Provisions.
                       They cited a variety of issues raised  in
                       comments on the proposed rule whose
                       resolution they believed to be
                       inappropriate. In addition, we identified
                       other changes that would clarify the
                       EPA's original intent. On March 23,
                       2001 (66 FR 16318), we proposed
                       changes to the General Provisions based
                       on the outcome of settlement
                       negotiations between the EPA and the
                       petitioners, as well as on other internal
                       EPA deliberations. We received 27
                       public comment letters in response to
                       our proposal. In section II of this
                       preamble, we discuss our responses  to
                       these public comments and the specific
                       changes that were made to the proposed
                       amendments to reflect our responses.
                       The amendments to the  General
                       Provisions being promulgated today
                       reflect decisions which we made in
                       connection with settlement negotiations
                       between the EPA and the petitioners,
                       and our responses to the public
                       comments on the proposed
                       amendments.
                        In a separate action, we are
                       promulgating changes to the Vegetable
                       Oil NESHAP in response to public
                       comments on the proposed amendments
                      to the General Provisions. These
                      changes are discussed briefly in section
 II of this preamble and more extensively
 in the preamble to the direct final action
 on the Vegetable Oil NESHAP.
   The amendments finalized with
 today's action clarify and alter certain
 sections of the General Provisions.

 B. Section 112(j) Provisions
   The 1990 Amendments to section 112
 of the CAA included a new section
 112(j) which is entitled "Equivalent
 Emission Limitation by Permit." Section
 112(j)(2) provides that the provisions  of
 section 112(j) apply if the EPA misses a
 deadline for promulgation of a standard
 under section 112(d) established in the
 source category schedule for standards.
 After the effective date of a title V
 pe.rmit program in a State, section
 112(j)(3) requires the owner or operator
 of a major source in a source category
 for which the EPA failed to promulgate
 a section 1.12 (d) standard to submit a
 permit application 18 months after the
 missed promulgation deadline. Section
 112(j)(5) also specifies that if the
 applicable criteria for voluntary early
 reductions established under section
 112(i)(5) are met, then this alternative
 emission limit satisfies the requirements
 of section 112(j), provided that the
 emissions reductions are achieved by
 the missed promulgation date.
  The rule proposing to'implement
 section 112(j) of the CAA was published
 on July 13, 1993 (58 FR 37778). Public
 comments received on the proposed
 rule were considered, and changes we
 deemed appropriate were made in
 developing a final rule.
  On May 20, 1994 (59 FR 26429), we :
 issued a final rule for implementing
 section 112(j). That rule requires major
 source owners or operators to submit a
 permit application by the date 18
 months after a missed date on the
 regulatory schedule. As required under
 section 112(j) of the CAA, the section
 112(j) rule establishes requirements for
 the content of permit applications,
 contains  provisions governing the
 establishment of the maximum
 achievable control technology (MACT)-
 equivalent emission limitations by the
 permitting authority, includes the
 criteria for the reviewing authority to
 determine completeness, and allows the
 applicant up to 6 months to revise and
 resubmit the application. As required in
 section 112(j)(5) of the CAA, the rule
 also establishes compliance dates:
  No such pollutant may be emitted in
 amounts exceeding an emission limitation
 contained in a permit immediately for new
 sources and, as expeditiously as practicable,
but not later than the date 3 years after the
permit is issued for existing sources or such
other compliance date as would apply under
subsection (i).

-------
                Federal Register/Vol. 67, No. 66/Friday, April  5, 2002/Rules and Regulations
                                                                    16585
  Several petitioners filed for review of
several provisions of the section 112(j)
rule that they believed needed to be
clarified or streamlined. On March 23,
2001 (66 FR 16318), we proposed
changes to the section 112(j) rule based
on the outcome of settlement
negotiations between the EPA and the
petitioners, as well as on other internal
EPA deliberations. We received 27
public comment letters in response to
our proposal. In section III of this
preamble, we discuss our responses to
these public comments and the specific
changes that were made to the proposed
section 112(j) amendments to reflect
those public comments. The
amendments to the section 112(j) rule
being promulgated today reflect
decisions which we made in connection
with settlement negotiations between   •
the EPA and the litigants, as well as our
response to the public comments on the
proposed amendments.
II. What Significant Comments Did We
Consider and What Are the Major
Changes to the Proposed Amendments
to the General Provisions?
  While we received many comments
on the proposed amendments to  the
General Provisions, most commenters
expressed general support for the
proposed changes. For this reason, the
majority of amendments were
promulgated as proposed. A
comprehensive summary of public
comments and responses can be  found
in "National Emission Standards for
Hazardous Air Pollutants for Source
Categories: General Provisions and   •
Requirements for Control Technology
Determinations for Major Sources in
Accordance with Clean Air Act
Sections, Sections 112(g) and 112(j)—
Background Information for Standards,"
(EPA 453/R-02-002). This preamble
discusses the significant comments
received and major changes made.
Additional minor changes and
clarifications are discussed in the
Background Information Document
(BID) cited above. In the proposed
amendments to the General Provisions,
we specifically discussed and solicited
comments on certain issues. In addition,
we received comments on other
proposed amendments to the General
Provisions.
A. Comments and Changes in Response
to Our Requests for Comments
  In the proposal preamble, we
discussed the presumptive applicability
of the General Provisions, which has
been an issue of concern for industry
petitioners. We believe that the
presumptive applicability of the General
Provisions serves an important and
valid purpose by eliminating the
repetition of common provisions in
individual NESHAP. While we
reiterated that, the General Provisions do
apply unless specifically overridden, we
acknowledged the potential for
confusion regarding the actual
requirements for sources when General
Provisions requirements are not tailored
to specific source categories. For several
years, we have included a table for most
part 63 subparts that indicates the
applicability of each provision of the
General Provisions to a particular
subpart. To codify this practice, we
proposed to amend the General
Provisions to require individual
subparts to explicitly state which
General Provisions requirements are
included in the relevant standard and
which are not.
  In addition, we requested comment
on "any conflicts *  * * that result
solely from applying these proposed
amendments to  the General Provisions
to promulgated  part 63 subparts." One
commenter identified such a conflict
between the startup, shutdown,
malfunction (SSM) provisions of the
Vegetable Oil Production NESHAP and
those provisions in the General
Provisions. Specifically, the commenter
noted that proposed 40 CFR
63.6(e)(3)(iv), which requires reporting
of actions inconsistent with the Startup,
Shutdown, and  Malfunction Plan
(SSMP) if the emissions exceed the
relevant standard, does not comport
with subpart GGGG. The Vegetable Oil
NESHAP require reporting of such
actions regardless of whether the
standard was exceeded. The commenter
also specifically noted that proposed 40
CFR 63.6(e)(3)(viii), the requirement to
report modifications to the SSMP in the
semiannual report, should not apply to
sources subject to subpart GGGG, as
subpart GGGG does not require a
semiannual report.'
  We agree that the proposed
amendments would have had a
substantive impact on the Vegetable Oil
NESHAP. However, the commenter has
misinterpreted the intent of the changes,
which was to reduce burden.
  We agree with the commenter's
assessment that certain SSM provisions
in the proposed amendments are
inconsistent with the promulgated
Vegetable Oil NESHAP. We had
previously reviewed the existing rules
and did not identify any substantive
problems. However, the Vegetable Oil
NESHAP were promulgated after our
review and subsequent proposal of the
amendments. We have discussed the
implications with the commenter and as
a result,  we are amending, in a separate
Federal Register notice, several
 provisions in the Vegetable Oil NESHAP
 related to SSM requirements to
 eliminate unintended inconsistencies.
 The Vegetable Oil NESHAP include
 specifically tailored SSM provisions
 and, thus, sources covered by the
 Vegetable Oil NESHAP should look to
 that rule for then- applicable SSM
 provisions.
  Specifically, we are correcting the
 explanation column of Table 1 of 40
 CFR 63.2870 as it applies to 40 CFR
 63.6(e) to state, "implement your plan
 as specified in § 63.2852." Table 1 also
 now indicates specifically that 40 CFR
 63.6(e)(3)(iii), (iv), and (viii) do not
 apply to Vegetable Oil NESHAP affected
 sources; this clarifies that not all of 40
 CFR 63.6(e) applies, as die  rule was
 originally promulgated.
  We are also amending the first
 sentence of 40 CFR 63.2861(d) to clarify.
 that owners or operators must submit an
 immediate SSM report if an SSM is
 handled differently from the procedures
 in the SSM plan and the emission
 standards are exceeded. We are also
 amending the third sentence of 40 CFR
 63.2852 to clarify that the SSMP does
 not have to be incorporated into the title
 V permit, consistent with the General
 Provisions amendments..
  These changes will ensure the
 minimization of emissions at all times,
 clarify the SSM requirements,  and
 specify the relationship of the  General
 Provisions to Vegetable Oil NESHAP
 affected sources.

 B. Other Comments and Changes

 1. Substantially Equivalent State
 Preconstruction Review
  We proposed substantive
 amendments to the ^reconstruction
 review program, which were designed
 to clarify and streamline existing
 requirements. Included  in these
 amendments was a provision that
 allows States or local agencies to use
 preconstruction review procedures used
 for otiier purposes for purposes of 40
 CFR 63.5, provided their procedures are
 "substantially equivalent."
  While one commenter generally
 supported this concept, a few
 commenters disagreed with the specific
 provisions in proposed 40 CFR
 63.5(f)(lHi) and (ii), which they
 interpreted as requiring each owner or
 operator to demonstrate that the State or
 local agency review is substantially
 equivalent to the relevant requirements
 in 40 CFR 63.5. The commenters instead
believed that EPA should determine
which State or local air permit programs
have substantially equivalent
preconstruction review requirements.
One commenter noted that if EPA has

-------
 16586
Federal Register/Vol.  67,  No. 66/Friday, April 5, 2002/Rules and Regulations
 delegated authority to a State or local
 agency to implement subpart A of part
 63 and part 70, then EPA has already
 agreed that the preconstruction review
 and approval process is substantially
 equivalent to the Federal requirements.
   We agree that a State or local agency
 that has taken delegation of part 63
 standards has already demonstrated that
 their preconstruction review process is
 substantially equivalent to the Federal
 requirements. When a State is the
 delegated authority, the State
 implements 40 CFR 63.5; we do not
 require two preconstruction review
 processes.
   The intent of the provisions of 40 CFR
 63.5(f) is not to place the burden on the
 source to demonstrate equivalency of a
 State preconstruction review program.
 The'intent of the provisions is to allow
 owners or operators of affected sources
 to notify the EPA's Regional Office of a
 State's finding that their preconstruction
 review program requirements are
 substantially equivalent to the General
 Provisions' preconstruction review
 requirements. We agree that the
 proposed language in 40 CFR 63.5(f)(l)
 could lead to potential confusion.
 Therefore, in order to eliminate any
 potential for confusion, we have
 amended 40 CFR 63.5(0(1) to no longer
 require that an owner or operator
 demonstrate to the Administrator's
 satisfaction that the conditions of 40
 CFR 63.5(fXl)(i) and (ii) are met.
 Instead, 40 CFR 63.5(f)(l) specifies that
 the Administrator will approve an
 application for construction or
 reconstruction if an owner or operator
 meets the conditions of 40 CFR
 63.5(f)(l)(i) and (ii). Additionally, 40
 CFR 63.5(f)(l)(ii) has been amended to
 require that an owner or operator
 provide a statement from "the State or
 other evidence (such as State
 regulations) that it considered the
 factors specified in 40 CFR 63.5(e)(l)"
 rather than requiring "the State (in it's
 finding) consider factors substantially
 equivalent to those specified in
 §63.5(e)(l)."
  Paragraph (f)(l) of 40 CFR 63.5 states
 that preconstruction review procedures
 that a State utilizes for other purposes
 may be utilized if the procedures are
 substantially equivalent to those
 specified in the General Provisions. We
 believe this adequately refers to 40 CFR
 63.5(e)(l) where the criteria for approval
 of construction or reconstruction are
 described.
  Finally, we do not agree with the
 suggestion that we should determine
 which State or local programs have
 substantially equivalent preconstruction
review requirements. Individual States
                       or local agencies.are in a better position
                       to make such a determination: ~  °^*

                       2. Revisions to the Startup, Shutdown,
                       and Malfunction Plan
                         We received several comments
                       regarding SSM and SSMP reporting
                       requirements. A few commenters
                       opposed the requirement in 40 CFR
                       63.6(e)(3)(viii) that revisions to the
                       SSMP be reported to the permitting
                       authority in the semiannual report.
                       Another commenter considered the new
                       requirements in 40 CFR 63.6(e)(3)(viii)
                       to be burdensome and duplicative.  The
                       commenter believed that the
                       requirements to submit reports of
                       actions taken that are consistent or
                       inconsistent with the SSMP, to revise
                       the SSMP, and to keep copies of
                       superseded SSMP on site were
                       sufficient to ensure that the permitting
                       authority is kept informed of changes to
                       the SSMP.
                         One commenter stated that if the
                       owner or operator of a source can revise
                       the plan without prior approval, it
                       makes no sense to require an owner or
                       operator to send a file copy  to EPA. The
                       commenter expressed that the
                       requirement for plan revisions to be
                       maintained on'site in 40 CFR
                       63.6{e)(3)(v) should suffice.  The
                       commenter suggested that if the EPA
                       wants a revised SSMP to be submitted,
                       they should provide more details on
                       how it should be formatted, including
                       how the specific procedure  or
                       methodology relates to a particular SSM
                       event. The commenter also
                       recommended that the date  on the new
                       SSMP be its effective date. If the EPA
                       only wants a notice that the SSMP has
                      been revised in the semiannual report,
                      the commenter suggested that 40 CFR
                      63.6(e)(3)(viii) be revised to  state that.
                      The commenter also requested
                      clarification on what the "scope of
                      activities" in 40 CFR 63.6(e)(3)(viii)
                      means.
                        We disagree with the commenters that
                      the requirements in 40 CFR
                      63.6(e)(3)(viii) are burdensome. This
                      section requires that EPA be notified in
                      the semiannual report that revisions
                      were made to the SSMP,  but it does  not
                      require that a file copy of the entire
                      revised plan be submitted.
                        We also disagree with the  suggestion
                      that a clarification in the rule of the
                      meaning of "scope of activities" is
                      necessary. It is the owner or  operator's
                      responsibility to define the specific
                      scope of activities that the SSMP covers,
                      as this is source-dependent.  Moreover,
                      these provisions are designed to give the
                      source owner or operator flexibility.
                      Generally, the scope of activities would
                      include all operations and equipment
 specified by the owner or operator that
 should be included in the SSMP. To the
 extent that these activities are changed
 in the plan, we are requiring that the
 permitting authority be notified.
   One commenter recommended that
 we explain how malfunctions that meet
 the definition of SSM under 40 CFR
 63.2, but are not covered in the existing
 SSMP, should be reported. The
 commenter believed that we should add
 language to 40 CFR 63.6(e)(3}{viii) to
 cover this situation. Another commenter
 requested that EPA require that facilities
 provide the number and a description of
 malfunctions that occurred in the
 semiannual report. The commenter
 stated that this information would be
 necessary to  evaluate a facility's
 compliance with the SSMP, as regular
 site visits are infeasible due to limited
 resources.
   To comply with the rule, sources
 must either meet the standard or comply
 with the SSMP. If a malfunction not
 covered by the SSMP occurs and the
 source meets the standard, there is no
 need to report. If a malfunction'not
 covered  by the SSMP occurs and the
 source does not meet the standard, the
 deviation must be reported. In any case,
 when  a malfunction occurs that was not
 included in the SSMP, the plan should
 be revised to include the previously
 unincluded malfunction.
   However, we agree with the,
 commenter who suggested that the
 number and description of malfunctions
 is necessary to evaluate compliance
 with the SSMP. Therefore, we have
 modified the provisions at 40 CFR
 63.10(d)(5)(i) to state "Periodic startup,
 shutdown, and malfunction reports.
 *  * * Reports shall only be required if
 a startup, shutdown, or malfunction
 occurred during the reporting period,
 and they shall include the number,
 duration, and a brief description of each
 startup, shutdown, and malfunction.
 *  * *" This change provides the
 implementing agency with adequate
 information without placing an undue
 additional burden on the source. The
 types of malfunctions will already have
 been identified in the SSMP so a brief
 description could consist of simply
 identifying which types of malfunctions
 occurred during the reporting period, as
 well as the number and the duration of
 each.
  Also, two commenters requested that
 we remove the last sentence of the
 proposed 40 CFR 63.6(e)(3)(ix), which
 states that none of the SSMP procedures
 fall within the permit shield. The
 commenter believed the sentence could
be misconstrued to mean that the SSMP
is part  of the title V permit and  yet
ineligible for the permit shield.

-------
                Federal Register/Vol. 67, No. 66/Friday,  April 5,  2002/Rules and Regulations
                                                                    16587
  Concerning the applicability of the
permit shield, these commenters have
misinterpreted the provisions of the
rule. The proposed amendments to the
General Provisions concerning SSM
plans were intended in part to address
concerns expressed by the petitioners,
who believe that the language in the
current General Provisions requiring
that the SSM plan be "incorporated by
reference into the source's Title V
permit" could be construed to require
that permit revision procedures be
followed whenever an SSM plan is
revised. We do not construe the existing
General Provisions in this manner, but
we understand the concern expressed
by the petitioners. The amendments
indicate that the permit must require
that the owner or operator adopt an
SSM plan and then operate and
maintain the source in accordance with
the plan, but they cannot reasonably be
construed as requiring that each element
of the SSM plan be made an element of
the permit. The provisions within the
SSM plan will not be terms and
conditions of the permit except in the
limited instance where a permitting
authority elects to incorporate them.
Since the SSM plan is not itself part of
the operating permit, and it can be
revised without revision of the permit,
the SSM plan is not eligible for the
permit shield.
•  A few  commenters strongly opposed
the statements in the proposal preamble
that the SSMP must be submitted to the
permitting authority and made publicly
available if someone requests  it.  One of
the commenters believed it would be
burdensome to prepare a SSMP without
Confidential Business Information (CBI)
in it. The commenter also expressed that
such a plan would be uninformative
without CBI. Two other commenters
stated that they preferred that the rule
specifically state that the permitting
agency has the authority to request a
copy of the facility's SSMP and to
review and comment on it. One
commenter also preferred that State and
local agencies have discretion to
approve  or disapprove the SSMP.
  We believe that the proposal preamble
discussion accurately reflects  40 CFR
70.4(b)(3)(viii) of the title V permit
program, which requires that the
permitting authority has legal authority
to: "Make available to the public any  •
permit application, compliance plan,
permit, and monitoring and compliance
certification report pursuant to section
503(e) of the Act, except for information
entitled to confidential treatment
pursuant to section 114(c) of the Act.
The contents of a part 70 permit  shall
not be entitled to protection under
section 114(c) of the Act." For this
reason, we do not agree with the
commenters who oppose the
requirements for the SSMP to be made
publicly available if requested. Owners
or operators may still identify the
portions of the SSMP that are
considered CBI; material claimed as CBI
would not be available for public
disclosure except as provided under the
process established by 40 CFR Part 2.
We further believe, pursuant to 40 CFR
70.4(b)(3)(viii), that the  authority for
permitting agencies to request a
facility's SSMP already  exists.
Therefore, we do not believe it is
appropriate at the present time to revise
the rule as the commenters requested.

3. Compliance Extension Request 120
Days Before Compliance Date
  The proposed amendments to the
compliance extension provisions were
met with favor by commenters. Several
commenters supported the change to
allow compliance extension requests to
be submitted as late as 120 days before
the compliance date, rather than 1 year
in advance.
  One commenter expressed that this
change would reduce the number of
compliance extension requests. Another
commenter outlined circumstances that
could arise that would necessitate a late
request for a compliance extension (e.g.,
vendor strikes, acts of God, or damaged
equipment).
  One commenter specifically
supported the proposed provision in 40
CFR 63.6(i)(4)(iKB) postponing the
applicability of MACT standards until
the permitting authority either approves
or denies a compliance  extension
request. This commenter noted that the
proposed compliance extension
revisions were particularly important
for sources subject to 40 CFR part 63,
subpart EEE, National Emission
Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants
for Hazardous Waste Incinerators.
Amendments to the performance test
requirements of Hazardous Waste
Incinerators rule have not been
completed. The commenter noted that  ,
the amendments would have had to be
promulgated by December 2001 for
facilities to complete their
comprehensive performance test plans
by the March 2002 deadline. The ability
to apply for a compliance extension
would be critical if the amendments
•were not final by December 2001.

4. Readily Accessible Readout
  The proposed amendments clarified
the owner or operator's  obligations with
respect to the accessibility of readouts
from monitoring systems required for .
compliance. Two commenters
supported the requirement for such
readouts to be readily accessible.
However, several commenters proposed
deleting the requirement that the
readout from the monitoring equipment
be "readily accessible onsite for
operational control or inspection by the
operator of the equipment." One
commenter maintained that the
provision was unnecessary because 40
CFR 63.10(b) already requires files of all
information to be readily available. A
few of the commenters maintained that
this requirement was technically
infeasible, as the readout depends on
the configuration of the source, type of
control equipment, frequency, and
whether monitoring data are read in
central control booths or computers.
One commenter stated that the optimal
location of the readout should be left to
the source. Another commenter stated
that if EPA does not remove the phrase,
it should be reworded to change the
regulatory text from "readout" to
"indication of operation," as audible or
visual alarms may also alert the operator
that a problem has occurred with the •
continuous monitoring system (CMS).
The commenter further suggested
removing the terms "in plain view" and
"close proximity," as CMS readouts .   .
may be readily accessible but may not
meet these requirements. For example,
they may be in the control room but not
in the line-of-sight of an operator, in the
process unit operating block but not
where the "operators are normally
operated," or operated by a different
process unit and monitoring unit.
  We recognize the commenters'
concerns with the provisions governing
the availability of information from
monitoring equipment. To address this
issue, -we have revised 40 CFR
63.8(c)(2)(ii) to refer to "readout or other
indication of operation." This addresses
the point that audible or visual alarms
may be in use rather than a "readout."
The terms "plain view" and "close
proximity" were used in the proposal
preamble, although not in the regulatory
text, to explain what was meant by
readily accessible and to assure that
inspectors would have easy access to
monitoring information. However, we
agree with the commenter that the
required information may be readily
accessible although not in plain view.
"Readily accessible", is the  source
owner or operator's responsibility to
ensure that monitoring information is
easily available. For this reason, we
made no further rule changes to explain
"readily accessible."

5. Zero and High Level Calibration
Checks
  A few commenters suggested that EPA
revise 40 CFR 63.8(c)(6) to clarify that

-------
  16588
Federal Register/Vol.  67, No. 66/Friday, April 5, 2002/Rules  and Regulations
  the zero and high-level calibration
  checks only apply to continuous
  emission monitoring Systems (GEMS)
  and continuous opacity monitoring
  systems (COM3), not to all CMS. Some
•  continuous parameter monitoring
  systems (CPMS), such as thermocouples
  and weight devices, cannot be
  autqmatically calibrated.
    One commenter requested that EPA
  delete 40 CFR 63,8(c)(6), as promulgated
  MACT standards already contain
  calibration requirements and daily
  system checks for CPMS. The
  commenter cited §§ 63.118(a)(2) and
  63.152(f) of 40 CFR part 63.
    To address the commenters' concern
  about CPMS that cannot be
  automatically calibrated, we have
  revised 40 CFR 63.8(c)(6) as follows:
  "The owner or operator of a CMS that
  is not a CPMS, which is installed in
  accordance with the provisions  of this
  part. ..." The calibration
  specifications for a CPMS are described
  in the last sentence of this paragraph.
    We do not agree it is appropriate to
  delete 40 CFR 63.8(c)(6) as requested by
  one of the commenters. Individual
  standards may change this as
  appropriate or necessary, but these
  monitoring provisions will remain in
  the General Provisions.

  6. Definition of Affected Source and
  New Affected Source
   We proposed a new process for
  defining "affected source" and "new
  affected source" in future MACT
  standards. Over the period that EPA has
  been promulgating MACT standards, we
  have typically used the term "affected
  source" as an indication of the
  collection of processes, activities, or
  equipment to which each MACT
  standard will apply. We have adopted a
 broader or narrower definition of
 affected source depending oh the nature
 of particular MACT requirements and
 the strategies available for meeting
 them. In some instances, we have
 adopted a definition as narrow as a
 single machine and in others, we have
 defined all processes, activities,  and
 equipment at a source within the
 specified category or subcategory as the
 affected source. A broader definition of
 affected source permits emission
 requirements to apply to a larger group
 of processes, activities, and equipment,
 and may thereby facilitate more
 innovative and economically efficient
 control strategies.
   In those instances where we have
 previously adopted a broader definition
 of affected source, we have sometimes
 established a narrower definition of the
 processes, activities, or equipment to
 which new source MACT will apply. In
                       some instances, we believe it is both
                       practicable and reasonable to Spply new
                       source MACT controls to a narrower set
                       of constructed or reconstructed
                       equipment or activities and retaining a
                       broad definition would operate to
                       subvert the statutory intent to require
                       more stringent controls for new sources.
                         When we have adopted a broader
                       definition of affected source, we have
                       still determined the MACT floor for the
                       entire affected  source by evaluating
                       emissions and  the feasibility of controls
                       separately for particular types of
                       "emission units" within the affected
                       source. This approach can afford owners
                       and operators the option of
                       demonstrating  separate compliance by
                       individual emission  units within the
                       affected source or by adopting more
                       flexible control strategies and
                       demonstrating  compliance for the
                       affected source as a whole. Moreover, a
                       standard for a larger affected source may
                       still be a composite of sublimits or other
                       elements expressly directed at particular
                       types of equipment or activities.
                         In light of this flexibility, we agreed
                       with the industry petitioners that it
                       would be feasible to adopt a broader
                       definition of affected source on a more
                       consistent basis. Thus, we proposed to
                       change the General Provisions to
                       indicate that future MACT standards
                       will generally adopt a definition of
                       affected source which consists of all
                       existing HAP-emitting equipment and
                       activities which are at a single
                       contiguous site and are within a specific
                       category or subcategory. We do riot
                       believe we are required to adopt this
                     .  policy, but we agree with the industry
                       petitioners that it will foster greater
                       predictability and consistency in
                       regulatory outcomes.
                        We also proposed to permit a
                      narrower definition of affected source in
                      particular future MACT standards when
                      a broad definition will result in
                      significant administrative, practical, or
                      implementation problems, and a
                      narrower definition would resolve these
                      problems. For example, in some
                      instances, the facilities within a
                      category or subcategory which must
                      develop appropriate compliance
                      strategies may consider a broader
                      definition of affected source to be
                      confusing. In other instances, the
                      facilities may operate dissimilar
                      equipment or processes which do not
                      emit the same HAP or type of HAP, and
                      a broader definition will have little or
                      no utility in promoting more flexible or
                      efficient control strategies. These
                      examples are only illustrative and are
                     not intended to  limit our discretion to
                      adopt a narrower affected source
                      definition in particular future MACT
  standards. However, when we adopt a
 .narrower definition of "affected
  source," we will identify the specific
  problems created by the broader
  definition and specify why a narrower
  definition will resolve them.
 •  We also proposed to develop and
  adopt a separate definition of "new
  affected source" for each future MACT
  standard after evaluating facilities in the
 category or subcategory according to
 eight factors. These eight factors are: (1)
 Emission reduction impacts of
 controlling individual sources versus
 groups of sources, (2) cost effectiveness
 of controlling individual equipment, (3)
 flexibility to accommodate common
 control strategies, (4) cost/benefits of
 emissions averaging, (5)  incentives for
 pollution prevention, (6) feasibility and
 cost of controlling processes that share
 common equipment, (7)  feasibility and
 cost of monitoring, and (8) other
 relevant factors. Under this process, the
 definition of "new affected source" for
 a particular MACT standard may be the
 same as "affected source" or it may
 differ. The factors which we deem most
 important in this assessment will differ
 from standard to standard. When we
 deem it appropriate based on our
 evaluation of the eight factors to
 establish a definition of "new affected
 source"  less inclusive than "affected
 source," we will do so.
  We did not receive any comments
 opposing the new definitions and
 procedures for specifying the affected
 source and new affected source for
 future MACT standards. Accordingly,
 we have decided to adopt these
 definitions and procedures as proposed.
  Each future MACT standard subject to
 these new procedures will explicitly
 define "affected source" and "hew
 affected source." Any decision to adopt
 a narrower definition of affected source
 or to adopt a definition of new affected
 source differing from the  definition of
 affected source will be explained in the
 individual standard.
  Our proposal made it clear that we
 only intend to apply this new approach
 prospectively. We will not reconsider or
 revise previously promulgated MACT
 standards according to the new
 definitions and procedures. However,
 our proposal did not .specify an effective
 date or a specific transitional process for
 implementation of these new definitions
 and procedures. We anticipated that
 there could be inconsistencies between
 some of the new General Provisions and  •
previously promulgated MACT
 standards, and that a variety of
provisions might need to be solely
prospective in application or require
some sort of transitional process. We
specifically solicited comment on this

-------
                Federal Register /Vol. 67, No.  66/Friday, April  5, 2002/Rules and Regulations
                                                                    16589
issue. However, the only other problem
in applying the new rule to existing
MACT standards which was identified
in comments concerns the provisions
for SSM plans in this rule and in our
previously promulgated vegetable oil
MACT rule, which we discuss
elsewhere in this preamble.
  In selecting an appropriate effective
date for the new definitions and
procedures for specifying the affected
source and new affected source, we note
that our past practice has been
considerably less uniform than the one
we are adopting today. While we believe
it is appropriate to bring greater clarity
and consistency to this process in future
MACT standards, we also note that EPA
typically begins working with affected
facilities  to devise an appropriate
structure for MACT standards well
before they are proposed, and that this
process is well advanced for many
MACT standards currently under
development. We do not believe it
would be practicable to require all such
standards to immediately conform to the
new definitions and procedures we are
adopting today. Therefore, we have
decided that these new definitions and
procedures will be mandatory only with
respect to those MACT standards which
are  proposed after June 30, 2002.
However, we note that many standards
presently in development already utilize
a similar approach, and that it may also
be feasible to adopt a similar approach
for additional standards during the
pendency of future rulemakings on
individual MACT standards.
III.  What Significant Comments Did We
Consider and What Are the Major
Changes  to the Proposed Amendments
to the Section 112(j) Provisions?
  A comprehensive summary of public
comments on the proposed section
112(j) provisions can be found in
"National Emission Standards for
Hazardous Air Pollutants for Source
Categories: General Provisions and
Requirements for Control Technology
Determinations for Major Sources in
Accordance with Clean Air Act
Sections, Sections 112(g) and 112(j)—
Background Information for Standards,"
(EPA 453/R-02-002). This section
discusses the significant comments
received  on and major changes made to
the section 112(j) provisions.
A. Impact of Missing the Section 112(j)
Deadline
  Several commenters expressed serious
concern over the potential impact of
EPA's failure to promulgate the 10-year
MACT standards by the section 112(j)
hammer date. Some commenters noted
that there would be significant effort
 expended to develop the Parts 1 and 2
• permit applications and case-by-case
 permits and observed that this effort
 would be for naught if the standards
 were issued prior to the permit. Others  .
 offered suggestions on how to extend or
 delay applications such that the burden
 is minimized. All commenters urged
 EPA to issue the MACT standards prior
 to the hammer date to eliminate the
 impact of section 112(j).
   We appreciate the commenters'
 concerns, and we are making every
 effort to promulgate the remaining
 MACT standards as soon as possible.
 However, we note that the previous
 permit application extensions for the 4-
 and 7-year MACT rules were established
 because the standards were to be issued
 very shortly after the deadline. This is
 not the situation now, with a significant
 number of the 10-year MACT standards
 not scheduled for promulgation until
 well after the deadline. The intent of the
 2-part section 112(j) application process
 which we proposed was to alleviate
 unnecessary burdens by deferring the
 collection of the more detailed
 information necessary for a complete
 case-by-case MACT application until
 after the "hammer" date had passed.
 However, it is now apparent that the
 process for submission of section 112(j)
 applications as we proposed it will not
 significantly alleviate die burden on
 sources and permitting authorities.
   Section 112(j) of the CAA was
 designed to be a "backstop" to our
 failure to issue MACT standards.
 Clearly, we will not complete
 promulgation of all MACT standards in
 the 10-year bin by the section 112(j)
 deadline of May 15, 2002, and in fact,
 we will miss the schedule for numerous
 source categories. The task to develop
 MACT standards on schedule to cover
 all the listed source categories has been
 enormous, and our past schedules
 projecting issuance by the hammer date
 have proved to be unduly optimistic.
 However, we are still committed to
 completing all MACT standards  in as
 timely a manner as practicable.
 Although numerous standards will be
 late, we currently anticipate that many
 of the remaining standards in the 10-
 year bin will be proposed before the
 hammer date, and that all standards in
 that bin will be promulgated before any
 case-by-case MACT determinations
 would be required under the 24 month
 timetable for permit issuance which we
 proposed (consisting of 6 months for
 submission of the Part 2 application and
 18 additional months for action by the
 permitting authority).
   We agree with the commenters that a
 process in which the source must gather
 detailed information and then prepare
and submit a Part 2 title V permit
application and the permitting
authorities must then review each of the
submitted applications and prepare for
issuance of a case-by-case MACT
determination represents an
unnecessary burden if all MACT
standards will be promulgated before
any actual permits will be issued. We
conclude that such resources would be
better spent preparing for and .
implementing the MACT standards
when they are promulgated. Thus, we
have decided to revise the proposed rule
to extend the amount of time between
the Part 1 and Part 2 section 112(j)
application to 24 months which
coincides with the time period in which
we expect to promulgate MACT
standards for the remaining categories.
  As the preamble to  our proposal
makes clear, we based our proposal to
provide a 6 month period between the
Part 1 and Part 2 applications in part on
the concept that every applicant would
automatically be given the maximum
extension to supplement an incomplete
application which is explicitly provided
for by CAA section 112(j)(4). However,
as one commenter noted, there is
another provision in the statute which
may be construed as providing authority
to establish an incremental process for
the submission of section 112(j]
applications. The hammer provision in
section 112(j)(2) itself establishes the
requirement to submit permit
applications "beginning 18 months
after" the statutory date for
promulgation of a standard. Reading
this provision in context, we believe
that the statute can be reasonably
construed  as authorizing us to provide
a period of time after the hammer date
in which the information necessary for
a fully informative section 112(j)
application can be compiled. This
alternate construction also makes more
practical sense because it retains the
statutory process in which the permit
authority can determine whether or not
an application is complete and provides
the applicant the extension of up to 6
months contemplated by section
112(j)(4). This assures that the time
required to supplement an incomplete
application will not be deducted from
the time in which the permitting
authority must complete its work.
  While we recognize that compilation
of the information needed for a Part 2
application is not likely to take 24
months, we are nevertheless reluctant to
mandate that significant resources be
devoted to an exercise which will
ultimately be futile and unproductive.
The burden of compiling a Part 2
application for simple sources
containing only a small number of

-------
 16590
Federal Register/Vol.  67,  No. 66/Friday, April  5, 2002/Rules and Regulations
 emission points may not be particularly
 onerous, but the burden on more
 complex sources containing numerous
 sources and emission points could be
 significant. The sheer number of
 affected sources that would have to
 submit a Part .2 application by
 November 15, 2002, under the rule as
 proposed is very large, estimated at over
 80,000. Such an exercise would also
 needlessly divert resources needed for
 other critical tasks at already
 overworked permitting authorities. We
 do not believe such an outcome was
 envisioned or intended by the drafters
 of section 112(j), particularly in the
 circumstance where the Federal MACT
 standards will actually be issued prior
 to the deadline for issuance of the case-
 by-case MACT determinations by the
 permitting authorities.
   Accordingly, we have decided to
 revise our proposal to provide for a 24-
 month period between submission of
 the Part 1 application and submission of
 the Part 2 application. The 18-month
 period for issuance of the permit after
 receipt of a complete application which
 is provided by the current section 112(j)
 rule and by section 503 (c) of title V will
 be retained. We are also restoring the
 statutory process in which the
 permitting authority may review the
 application for completeness and grant
 an extension of up to 6 months to
 remedy any deficiencies.
   We received no adverse comment on
 requiring that the first portion (Part 1)
 of the section 112(j) application be due
 on the hammer date. We think that this
 is the minimum required by the-statute.
 The Part 1 application is very short and
 simple, and we believe the burden is
 minimal. The Part 1 application will
 also help permitting authorities to
 identify sources potentially subject to
 the upcoming MACT standards. Sources
 must note that our decision to extend
 the time between the Part 1 and Part 2
 applications is no excuse for not
 submitting a Part 1 application if the
 source can reasonably determine it is in
 one of the source categories or
 subcategories subject to the section
 112(j) requirements. Failure to meet the
 section 112(j) requirements, including
failure to make a timely Part 1
application, can lead to enforcement
action. If a source is unsure about its
applicability, it should submit a Part 1
application requesting an applicability
determination to the permitting
authority, which will then make a
determination of MACT applicability.
                       B. Comments and Changes in .Response
                       to Our ReqiiestS for Comments^: .-

                       1. Notification by Permitting Authority
                       Within 120 Days of Section 112(j)
                       Hammer Date
                        In the preamble to the proposed
                       section 112(j) amendments, we    •
                       discussed changes made to clarify
                       obligations for sources and permitting
                       agencies when the section 112(j)
                       deadline passes. Among the provisions
                       included was the requirement that an
                       owner or operator submit a Part 1
                       permit application within 30 days of
                       being notified by the permitting agency
                       that one or more sources at the major
                       source belong to a section 112(j)
                       category or subcategory. The permitting
                       authority would have been required to
                       make any such notification within 120
                       days after the section 112(j) deadline.
                       We specifically requested comment on
                       whether 120  days was sufficient time for
                       permitting  authorities to act.
                        In response, a few commenters
                       expressed serious concerns about this
                       requirement.  These commenters noted
                       that States do not always have up-to-
                       date information on sources and that
                       120 days is not sufficient time for such
                       notifications. Furthermore, these
                       commenters recommended that this
                       requirement be deleted because States
                       may choose to identify and notify
                       affected sources but should riot be
                       required to do so. A few commenters
                       recommended that the final rule specify
                       that owners or operators of affected
                       sources must  submit a title V permit
                       application whether or not they receive
                      notification.
                        We agree with the commenters that it
                      is the responsibility of the affected
                      source to submit a title V permit
                      application regardless of notification if
                      it can reasonably determine that it falls
                      within a source category for which a
                      standard has not been promulgated by
                      the section 112(j) deadline. We believe,
                      in most instances, that the owner or
                      operator will be able to reasonably
                      determine whether the source is in the
                      category or subcategory subject to
                      section 112(j)  from provisions specified
                      in the proposed rule for the category or
                      subcategory. If an owner or operator is
                      unable to make this determination, they
                      may at their discretion contact the
                      permitting authority for assistance in
                      making the determination or submit a
                      Part 1 applicability determination
                      request. If there is  doubt, the owner or
                      operator should submit the Part 1
                      application. Most MACT standards will
                      be proposed by the section 112(j)
                      deadline of May 15, 2002, and
                      applicability criteria will be specified in
                      those proposals. In addition, we are
 posting applicability criteria on EPA's
 Air Toxics Website for all source
 categories for which MACT standards
 have not yet been proposed (see
 www.epa.gov/ttn/atw/eparules.html}.
 The EPA project leads may also be
 directly contacted for additional
 information. Thus, owners or operators
 should know for all source categories
 whether or not their sources will be
 subject to the section 112(j)
 requirements. Therefore, we are
 retaining 40 CFR 63.52(a)(l) as
 proposed, which requires an owner or
 operator to submit an application for a
 title V permit or permit revision if the
 owner or operator can reasonably  ,
 determine that one or more sources at
 the major source belong in the category
 or'subcategory subject to section li2(j).
 The obligation is on the source owner or
 operator to submit the application.
 Failure to submit a Part 1 application
 when it can reasonably be determined
 the source is in an applicable source
 category would be considered a
 violation.
   Moreover, we also agree with the
 commenters that 120 days may not be
 sufficient time  to notify owners or
 operators of affected sources subject to
 section 112(j) if those sources did not
 submit a title V permit application
 because they could not reasonably
 determine.if they were part of a source
 category on which the section 112(j)
 "hammer" fell. As the commenter
 pointed out, State agencies do not
 necessarily have this information and
 would not be able to identify each and
 every affected source within 120 days,
 especially those in source categories
 that contain thousands of sources. We
 do not want to create an opportunity to
 potentially circumvent the requirements
 of the rule when the State fails to notify
 the source owner or operator by a
 specified time because it does not have
 adequate information. Therefore, in the
 final rule amendments, we have
 removed the requirement that the
 permitting authority must notify the
 owner or operator that one or more
 sources at the major source belong to
 such category or subcategory within 120
 days after the section 112(j) deadline.
 States may still  choose to identify and
 notify affected sources, and we
 encourage them to do so when they
 have the available information.
  The Part 1 application is intentionally
 brief so that completing it will not be a
 complicated, burdensome requirement.
 If there are isolated instances where a
Part 1 application is erroneously
submitted where none is required, it
would be the responsibility of the
permitting authority to notify the owner
or operator that  the source is not in a

-------
                Federal  Register/Vol.  67, No. 66/Friday, April 5, 2002/Rules and Regulations
                                                                     16591
category or subcategory subject to
section 112(j). In addition, permitting
authorities have the obligation to
determine MACT applicability if
requested in a Part 1 application.
2. Prohibition on Backsliding
  Several commenters disagreed with
EPA's proposed prohibition on
backsliding, which prevents a State
from adopting any section 112(d)
emission limitations that are less
stringent than the case-by-case MACT
determinations by the permitting
authority under section 112(j). The
commenters maintained that this policy
is inconsistent with the plain language
of the CAA and prior EPA policy. The
commenters stated that this policy
should not be adopted. Instead, one
commenter proposed that the rule be
revised to require States to revise
permits to conform to MACT standards
issued after other emission limitations
have been adopted. This commenter
believed that the prohibition on
backsliding would create unnecessary
burden and uncertainty because
permitting authorities and sources
would have to spend significant time
and resources, to determine when a
MACT standard is less stringent. One
commenter maintained that
implementing the anti-backsliding
policy would result in uneven
requirements for similar industries in
different States and would also require
Federal enforcement of regulations that
xvere not subject to national review.
  The current section 112(j) rule does
not include any prohibition on      •
backsliding, and the current 40 CFR
63.56(c) allows the permitting authority
to exercise its discretion in determining
whether or not to retain more stringent
provisions from a prior section 112(j)
MACT determination in the operating
permit. Similarly, the rule governing
case-by-case MACT determinations
under section 112(g) does not  contain
any prohibition on backsliding, and 40
CFR 63.44(c) provides that the
permitting authority may exercise its
discretion in deciding whether or not to
retain more stringent provisions from a
section 112(g) case-by-case MACT
determination as applicable
requirements in the operating  permit.
  After considering the concerns raised
by the commenters, we have decided
that it is best to retain this basic policy
in the amended section 112(j)  rule. As
reflected by the provisions in the
existing section 112(j) rule, we do not
agree with the argument by some
commenters that the statute requires the
permitting authority to backslide, but
we do believe that the decision whether
or not to retain any more stringent
provisions of a section 112[j)
determination as applicable legal
requirements following issuance of a
section 112(d) standard should be
committed to the discretion of the
permitting authority that made the case-
by-case determination in the first place.
Accordingly, we have amended the
proposed language to delete the
prohibition on backsliding and to afford
the permitting authority the discretion
to determine whether or not backsliding
is appropriate. The revisions in the
language we proposed make it
essentially identical to the language we
adopted previously for section 112(g)
determinations.
C. Other Comments and Changes
  A few commenters strongly
encouraged EPA to continue striving to
meet all the section 112(d) or (h)
deadlines so that the provisions of
section 112(j) might never be necessary.
A few commenters specifically urged
EPA to meet the deadlines for
promulgating the section 112(d)
standards for various combustion
sources before the "hammer" drops for
these  standards. One commenter
emphasized that meeting the deadlines
for standards would be the most
efficient use of EPA resources with the
greatest public benefit and that avoiding
use of section 112(j) should be .the EPA's
top priority. One commenter hoped that
these  provisions might never be
implemented, but expressed concerns
about their implementation if they are
necessary.
  We appreciate the commenters'
concerns, and we are making every
effort to meet the statutory deadlines so
that section 112(j) is not triggered.
Nevertheless, at this point, it will not be
feasible for us to complete all the MACT
standards by the section 112 (j) deadline.
For an update  on the status of section
112 rulemakings, see our website at
http://www.epa.gov/ttn/atw/
eparules.html.
  One commenter maintained that most
agencies  would want to receive the
information listed in 40 CFR 63.53(b)(2)
and wondered why EPA had designated
it as an'optional part of the'Part 2 MACT
application.
  The information listed in 40 CFR
63.53(b)(2) includes information about
appropriate emission limitations and
control technologies to meet those
limitations. While the source owner or
operator may choose to submit this
information, it is not their responsibility
to conduct the research and analysis
necessary to make MACT
determinations. This responsibility
resides with the State or other
designated permitting authority. For this
reason, it is appropriate that the
information listed in this paragraph be
an optional part of the Part 2 MACT
application.

IV. What Is the Section 112(j) Process?
  Since we proposed amendments to
section 112(j), we have received many
questions regarding the provisions. The
following paragraphs provide a general
overview of the section 112(j) program.

A. If I Am an Owner or Operator of a
Source, What Must I Do?
  If you are an owner or operator of a
major source in a source Category or
subcategory for which the statutory
deadline for a section 112(d) emission
standard is missed by 18 months, you
are subject to the provisions of section
112(j). If you are unsure whether you are
subject to section 112(j), you should
review the appropriate proposed MACT
rule to which you may be subject, you
should review information on EPA's Air
Toxics Website at http://www.epa.gov/
ttn/atw/eparules.html, you may contact
the EPA project lead directly, or you
may submit a Part 1 MACT application
to ask the State for an applicability
determination. If the section 112(j)
deadline arrives before you can
determine your applicability, you
should submit a Part \ application. In
most cases, even if the section 112(d)
emission standard statutory" deadline is
missed by 18 months, there will be
published proposed standards that you
can refer to that will assist you in
determining whether your source is
subject to the provisions of section
  If you are subject to the provisions of
section 112(j), you must apply for a title
V permit or permit revision. The content
of the required applications, details of
the application approval process, timing
of submittals, reviews, and permit
issuance are specified in §§ 63.52 and
63.53 of 40 CFR part 63. The application
process is a two-part process. Part 1 of
the permit application requests very
basic information about the affected
source; the substantive information
required by the permitting authority to
make its MACT determination is tied to
submittal of the Part 2 permit
application. The Part 1 permit
application must be submitted to the
permitting authority by the section
112(j) deadline if it can reasonably be
determined the source is' in the source
category or subcategory, or within 30
days after being notified in writing by
the permitting authority that one or
more sources at the major source belong
in a subject category or subcategory.
  The application content for a MACT
determination is contained in 40 CFR

-------
 16592
Federal Register/Vol.  67,  No. 66/Friday, April  5,  2002/Rules and Regulations
 63.53. Information available as of the
 date on which the first Part 2 MACT
 application is filed for a source in the
 relevant source category or subcategory
 in the State or jurisdiction will be
 considered by the permitting authority
 in making its case-by-case MACT
 determination. The definition of
 "available information" in 40 CFR 63.51
 specifies-the type of information and
 sources of information available to the
 affected source owner or operator for
 use in completing the application.
   Your Part 1 application for a MACT
 determination must contain the
 following information:
   • The name and address (physical
 location) of your source.
   • A brief description of the major
 source and an identification of the
 relevant source category.
   • An identification of the types of
 emission points belonging to the
 relevant source category.
   • An identification of any affected
 sources for which a section 112(g)
 MACT determination has been made.
   As mentioned previously, if you are
 unsure whether you are subject to
 section 112(j), you should submit a Part
 1 MACT application to ask the State for
 an applicability determination. If you
 have not submitted a Part  1 MACT
 application and the permitting authority
 notifies you that you are subject to
 section 112(j), you must submit an
 application for a title V permit or for a
 revision to an existing title V permit or
 pending title V permit within 30 days of
 being notified.
  Your Part 2 Application for a MACT
 determination must contain the
 following information:
  •  For new affected sources, the
 anticipated date of startup of operation.
  •  The HAP emitted by each affected
 source in the relevant source category
 and an estimated total uncontrolled and
 controlled emission rate for HAP from
 the affected source.
  •  Any existing Federal, State, or local
 limitations or requirements applicable
 to the affected source.
  •  For each affected emission point or
 group of affected emission points, an
 identification of control  technology in
 place.
  •  Information relevant to establishing
the MACT floor, and, at the option of
the owner or operator, a  recommended
MACT floor.
  • Any other information reasonably
needed by the permitting authority
including, at the discretion of the
permitting authority, information
required pursuant to subpart A of 40
CFR part 63.
                         Your Part 2 MACT application may
                       also, but is not required to, include'the
                       following:      :
                         • Recommended emission limitations
                       for the affected source and support
                       information consistent with 40 CFR
                       63.52(f). You may recommend a specific
                       design, equipment, work practice, or
                       operational standard, or combination
                       thereof, as an emission limitation.
                         • A description of the control
                       technologies that you would apply to
                       meet the emission limitation including
                       technical information on the design,
                       operation, size, estimated control
                       efficiency and any other information
                       deemed appropriate by the permitting
                       authority, and identification of the
                       affected sources to which the control
                       technologies shall be applied.
                         • Relevant parameters to be
                       monitored and frequency of monitoring
                       to demonstrate continuous compliance
                       with the MACT emission limitation over
                       the applicable reporting period.
                        You are required to submit your Part
                       2 MACT application within 24 months
                       after submittal of your Part 1 MACT
                       application.

                       B. If I Am the Permitting Authority for
                       a Source Subject to Section 112(j), What
                       Must I Do?
                        As the permitting authority for a
                       source subject to section 112(j), you
                       may, but are not required to, notify an
                       owner or operator of a source of their
                       applicability when you have available
                       information that allows you to identify
                       subject sources. In such cases, you
                       should submit the notification prior to
                       the source's Part 1 MACT application
                       deadline. Sources that can reasonably
                       determine they are subject must submit
                       a Part 1 application, regardless of any
                       notification (or lack thereof). You may
                       notify a source that has not submitted a
                       Part 1 application to do so, but your
                       discretion to do this does not relieve the
                       source of its obligation to submit an
                       application in the absence of such a
                      notification. You also have the
                      responsibility of notifying owners or
                      operators of sources that erroneously
                      submit a Part 1 MACT application (i.e.,
                      the source is not subject to section
                      112(j)) that they are not subject to
                      section 112(j), as well as notifying
                      owners or operators of sources of their
                      applicability when requested by an
                      owner or operator of a source with their
                      Part 1 MACT application.
                        Once you have received a Part 2
                      MACT application from a source, you
                      must notify the owner or operator of the
                      source in writing whether the
                      application is complete or incomplete
                      within 60 days. If you do not notify the
                      owner or operator in writing within 60
 days after the submittal, it will be
 assumed that the application is
 complete.
   Potential sources that would be
 affected by section 112(j) would be
 those categories or subcategories of
 major sources listed for regulation under
 section 112(c) of the CAA for which the
 statutory deadline for a section 112(d)
 emission standard is missed by 18
 months. You should start the affected
 source identification by first identifying
 those source categories and
 subcategories for which a section 112(d)
 emission standard has been missed.
 Using available information from the
 EPA obtained in the rule development
 process for subject sources, and other
 available information (e.g., EPA
 databases, State inventories, available
 literature), you should be able to
 identify sources subject to section 112(j)
 within your jurisdiction.
   If you are the permitting authority for
 a source subject to section 112(j), you
 must determine case-by-case MACT for
 the source. You should use all available
 information, as described in 40 CFR
 63.51. The most prominent and useful
 piece of information will be the
 proposed MACT rule and its supporting
 documentation. You can also
 supplement that information with
 whatever other information is available,
 including information submitted by the
 source itself.
   Permitting authorities must determine
 a MACT emission limitation equivalent
 to the limitation that would  apply had
 the MACT standard been promulgated
 on time. You may conduct an
 independent analysis to determine
 MACT using available information to
 identify the 12 percent of the best
 performing sources  (if there are 30 or
 more sources) or the best performing 5
 (if less than 30 sources). Alternately,
 you may simply look to the proposed
 MACT standard and use the information
 and analysis already prepared by EPA.
 Regardless of the approach adopted to
 issue or revise the source's title V
 permit under section 112(j), you must
 determine MACT as an equivalent
 emission limitation  on a case-by-case
 basis for each category of sources.
 Guidance to assist you in your case-by-
 case MACT determination is presented
 in "Guidelines for MACT
 Determinations under Section 112(j)
 Requirements," (EPA 453/R-02-001).
  For sources in existence and subject
 to section 112(j) at the deadline, sources
that become subject  to section 112(j)
 after the section 112(j) deadline, and
sources that make a change subject to
section 112(j) after a permit is issued,
you are required to issue a section 112(j)
permit or a revised section 112(j) permit

-------
                Federal Register/Vol.  67,  No. 66/Friday, April 5, 2002/Rules  and Regulations
                                                                    16593
 with case-by-case MACT within 18
 months after receiving a complete Part
 2 application.
 C. What Happens When a Rule Comes
 Out After the Hammer Date for a Given
 Source Category?
  If the EPA promulgates emission
 standards under section 112(d) for a
 source category before the date a permit
 application is approved by the
 permitting authority, the title V permit
 must contain the promulgated standards
 rather than the section 112(j) case-by-
 case MACT level of control. If, however,
 the EPA promulgates emission
 standards under section H2(d) for a
 source after the date a permit
 application is approved by the
 permitting authority, the permitting
 authority must incorporate the
 requirements of the promulgated
 standards in the title V permit upon its
 next renewal. In such cases, the
 permitting authority must establish a
 compliance date in the revised permit
 that assures that the owner or operator
 shall comply with the promulgated
 standards within a reasonable time, not
 to exceed 8 years after the standards are
 promulgated. The permitting authority
 is not required to revise the emission
 limit in the permit to reflect the
 promulgated standards if it determines
 that the level of control required by the
•emission limitation in the permit is
 substantially as effective as that
 required by the promulgated standards.
 If the requirements you established in a
 case-by-case determination under
 section 112(j) are more stringent than
 the standards promulgated under
 section 112(d), you may elect to revise
 the permit to incorporate the less
 stringent requirements but you are not
 required to do so.
 V. What Are the Environmental,
 Energy, Cost, and Economic Impacts of
 This Rule?
  The  General Provisions do not apply
 until specific relevant standards are
 promulgated. At that time, the impacts
 of the individual NESHAP will be
 analyzed, including the impacts of the
 General Provisions requirements.
  The  section 112(j) rule provides
 general guidance and procedures
 concerning the implementation of an
 underlying statutory requirement. We
 estimate that approximately 84,000
 affected sources may have to prepare
 and submit a Part 1 permit application.
 The total estimated cost of this 1-time
 event is about $9,000,000. We currently
 anticipate no other impacts since we
 plan to promulgate all the 10-year
 MACT standards before the need to
 submit a Part 2 permit application.
 VI. What Are the Administrative
 Requirements for This Rule?

 A. Executive Order 12866, Regulatory
 Planning and Review
  Under Executive Order 12866 (58 FR
 51735, October 4,1993), we must
 determine whether a regulatory action is
 "significant" and, therefore, subject to
 review by the Office of Management and
 Budget (OMB) and the requirements of
 the Executive Order.  The Executive
 Order defines "significant regulatory
 action" as one that is likely to result in
 a rule that may:
  (1) Have an annual effect on the
 economy of $100 million or more or
 adversely affect in a material way the
 economy, a sector of the economy,
 productivity, competition, jobs, the
 environment, public'health or safety, or
 State, local, or tribal governments or
 communities;
  (2) Create a serious inconsistency or
 otherwise interfere with an action taken
 or planned by another agency;
  (3) Materially alter the budgetary •
 impact of entitlements, grants, user fees,
 or loan programs or the rights  and
 obligations of recipients thereof; or
  (4) Raise novel legal or policy issues
 arising out of legal  mandates, the
 President's priorities, or the principles
 set forth in the Executive Order.
  It has been determined that the
 amendments are not a "significant
 regulatory action" under the terms of
 Executive Order 12866 and are,
 therefore, not subject to OMB review.

 B. Paperwork Reduction Act
  As required by the Paperwork
 Reduction Act (PRA), 44 U.S.C. 3501 et
 seq., the OMB must approve any
 reporting and recordkeeping
 requirements that qualify as an
 information collection request (ICR)
 under the PRA.
  Approval of an ICR is not required for
 the General Provisions because, for
 sources affected by CAA section 112
 only, the General Provisions do not
 require any activities  until source
 category-specific standards have been
 promulgated or until title V permit
 programs become effective. The actual
 recordkeeping and reporting burden that
 would be imposed by the General
 Provisions for each source category
 covered by part 63 will be estimated
 when standards applicable to such
 category are promulgated.
  However, approval  of an ICR is
required for the section 112(j) rule. The
 information collection requirements in
today's amendments to the final section
 112(j) rule have been submitted to OMB
for approval under the provisions of the
PRA. The EPA has prepared an ICR
 document (ICR No. 1648.04), and you
 may obtain a copy from Sandy Farmer
 by mail at Office of Environmental
 Information, Collection Strategies
 Division (2822), U.S. EPA, 1200
 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW, Washington,
 DC 20460, by email at
 farmer.sandy@epa.gov, or by calling
 (202) 260-2740. You may also
 download a copy off the Internet at
 http://www.epa.gov/icr. The information
 requirements are not effective until
 OMB approves them.
   The collection of information required
 by today's amendments to the final
 section 112(j) rule have an estimated
 nationwide recordkeeping and reporting
 burden of 172,480 hours ($8,984,976).
 This burden is a short l-time permit
 application.
   Burden means the total time, effort, or
 financial resources expended by persons
 to generate, maintain, retain, or disclose
 or provide information  to or for a
 Federal agency. This includes the time
 needed to (1) review instructions; (2)
 develop, acquire,  install, and utilize •
 technology and systems for the purposes
 of collecting, validating, and verifying
 information, processing and
 maintaining information, and disclosing
 and providing information; (3) adjust
 the existing ways  to comply with any
 previously applicable instructions and
 requirements; (4) train personnel to be
 able to respond to a collection of
 information; (5) search data sources; (6)
 complete and review the collection of
 information; and (7) transmit or
 otherwise disclose the information.
  An agency may not conduct or
 sponsor; and a person is not required to
 respond to, a collection of information
 unless it displays  a currently valid OMB
 control number. The OMB control
 numbers for EPA's regulations are listed
 in 40 CFR part 9 and 48 CFR chapter 15.

 C. Executive Order 13132, Federalism
• Executive Order 13132, entitled
 "Federalism" (64 FR 43255, August 10,
 1999), requires the EPA to develop an
 accountable process to ensure
 "meaningful and timely input by State
 and local officials in the development of
regulatory policies that have federalism
implications." Policies that have
federalism implications is defined in the
Executive Order to include regulations
that have "substantial direct effects on
the States, on the relationship between
the national Government and the States,
or on the distribution of power and
responsibilities among the various
levels of government."
  Executive Order 13132 identifies 2
types of rules with Federalism
implications—rules that impose
substantial compliance costs, unless

-------
 16594
Federal Register /Vol. 67, No. 66/Friday, April 5, 2002/Rules  and Regulations
 they are expressly required by statute or
 there are federal funds available to cover
. the costs, and rules that preempt State
 or local law. The EPA has interpreted
 that rules containing "substantial
 compliance costs" are those that contain
 a "significant federal intergovernmental
 mandate" under Section 202 of the
 Unfunded Mandates Reform Act
 (UMRA)—i.e., it is likely to result in the
 expenditure by State, local, and Tribal
 governments in the aggregate of $100
 million or more in any one year. In
 addition, EPA will conclude a rule also
 has Federalism implications if the
 impacts of the rule on small
 governments is likely to equal or exceed
 1% of their revenues.
   Because these final amendments do
 not exceed either threshold for
 substantial costs described above or
 preempt State or local law, they do not
 have federalism implications and will
 not have substantial direct effects on the
 States, on the relationship between the
 national Government and the States, or
 on the distribution of power and
 responsibilities among the various
 levels of Government, as specified in
 Executive Order 13132. Nevertheless, in
 the spirit of Executive Order 13132 and
 consistent with EPA policy to promote
 communications between EPA, State
 and local governments, EPA specifically
 solicited comment on the rule
 amendments from State and local
 officials.
 D. Executive Order 13175,  Consultation
 and Coordination with Indian Tribal
 Governments
  Executive Order 13175 (65 FR 67249,
 November 6, 2000) requires EPA to
 develop an accountable process to
 ensure "meaningful and timely input by
 tribal officials in the development of
 regulatory policies that have tribal
 implications." "Policies that have tribal
 implications" are defined in the
Executive Order to include regulations
that have "substantial direct effects on
one or more Indian tribes, on the
relationship between the Federal
government and Indian tribes, or on the
distribution of power and
responsibilities between the Federal
government and Indian tribes."
  These final rule amendments do not
have tribal implications. They will not
have substantial direct effects on tribal
governments, or on the relationship
between the Federal government and
Indian tribes, or on the distribution of
power and responsibilities  between the
Federal government and Indian tribes,
as specified in Executive Order 13175.
There are currently no tribal
governments that have approved title V
permit programs to which sources
                       would submit permit applications on
                       May 15, 2002. Accordingly, Executive
                       Order 13175 does not apply
                       action.
i not apply to this
                       E. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of
                       1995
                        Title II of the Unfunded Mandates
                       Reform Act of 1995 (UMRA), Public
                       Law 104-4, establishes requirements for
                       Federal agencies to assess the effects of
                       their regulatory actions on State, local,
                       and tribal governments and the private
                       sector. Under section 202 of the UMRA,
                       EPA generally must prepare a written
                       statement, including a cost-benefit
                       analysis, for proposed and final rules
                       with "Federal mandates" that may
                       result in  expenditures to State, local,
                       and tribal governments, in aggregate, or
                       by the private sector, of $100 million or
                       more in any 1 year. Before promulgating
                       an EPA rule for which a written
                       statement is needed, section 205 of the
                       UMRA generally requires EPA to
                       identify and consider a reasonable
                       number of regulatory alternatives and
                       adopt the least-costly, most cost-
                       effective, or least-burdensome
                       alternative that achieves the objective of
                      the rule. The provisions of section 205
                       do not apply when they are inconsistent
                      with applicable law. Moreover, section
                      205 allows the EPA to adopt an
                      alternative other than the least-costly,
                      most cost-effective, or least-burdensome
                      alternative if the Administrator
                      publishes with the final rule an
                      explanation why that alternative was
                      not adopted. Before the EPA establishes
                      any regulatory requirements that may
                      significantly or uniquely affect small
                      governments, including tribal
                      governments, it must have developed
                      under section 203 of the UMRA a small
                      government agency plan. The plan must
                      provide for notifying potentially
                      affected small governments,  enabling
                      officials of affected small governments
                      to have meaningful and timely input in
                      the development of EPA regulatory
                      proposals with significant Federal
                      intergovernmental mandates, and
                      informing, educating, and advising
                      small governments on compliance with
                      the regulatory requirements.
                       The EPA has determined that these
                      final amendments do not contain a
                      Federal mandate that may result in
                      expenditures of $100 million or more
                      for State, local, and tribal governments,
                      in the aggregate, or the private sector in
                      any  1 year. These amendments will
                      clarify existing requirements and reduce
                      regulatory burden. The EPA has
                      determined that this action is not a
                      "significant" regulatory action within
                      the meaning of Executive Order 12866,
                      and  it does not impose any additional
 Federal mandate on State, local and
 . tribal governments or the private sector
 within the meaning of the UMRA. Thus,
 today's final rule amendments are not
 subject to the requirements of sections
 202, 203, and 205 of the UMRA.
 F. Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA), as
 Amended by the Sn^all Business
 Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of
 1996 (SBREFA), 5 U.S.C. 601 et seq.
   The EPA has determined that it is not
 necessary to prepare a regulatory
 flexibility analysis in connection with
 these final amendments. The EPA has
 also determined that these amendments
 will not have a significant economic
 impact on a substantial number of small
 entities. For purposes of assessing the
 impact of today's rule amendments on
 small entities, small entities are defined
 as: (1) A small business whose parent
 company has fewer than 1,000
 employees; (2) a small governmental
 jurisdiction that is a government of a
 city, county,  town, school district or
 special district with a population of less
 than 50,000;  or (3) a small organization
 that is any not-for-profit enterprise
 which is independently owned and
 operated and is not dominant in its
 field.
   After considering the economic
 impacts of today's final amendments  on
 small entities, EPA has concluded that
 this action will not have a significant
 economic impact on a substantial
 number of small entities.
   A regulatory flexibility analysis is not
 necessary for the General Provisions
 amendments  because it is unknown at
 this time which requirements from the
 General Provisions will be applicable to
 any particular source category, whether
 such category includes small
 businesses, and how significant the
 impacts of those requirements would  be
 on small businesses. Impacts on small
 entities associated with the General
 Provisions will be assessed when
 specific emission standards affecting
 those sources are developed. "Small
 entities" will be defined in the context
 of the applicability of those standards.
  Similarly, no analysis has been
 prepared for the amendments to the
 section 112(j) rule. The rule provides
 general guidance and procedures
 concerning the implementation of an
 underlying statutory requirement, but it
 does not by itself impose any regulatory
 requirements  other than a permit
 application to the permitting authority
 or prescribe the specific content of any
 case-by-case determination which might
be made under section 112(j). Although
the final amendments will not have a
significant economic impact on a
substantial number of small entities,

-------
                Federal  Register/Vol. 67, No. 66/Friday, April 5, 2002/Rules  and Regulations
                                                                     16595
EPA nonetheless has tried to reduce the
impact of the rule amendments on small
entities. We have extended the time
between application deadlines for the
Part 1 and Part 2 submittals so that all
10-year MACT standards would be
promulgated before any Part 2
applications are due. We have also
minimized the required information in
the Part 1 permit application. Although
we expect some small businesses to be
affected by the section 112(j) permit
application requirement, we cannot
determine how many. In any event, the
impact would be insignificant.
Furthermore, the net effect of these rule
amendments to the existing rule will be
to reduce potential regulatory burdens.
G. National Technology Transfer and
Advancement Act of 1995
  Section 12(d) of the National
Technology Transfer and Advancement
Act (NTTAA) of 1995, (Public Law No.
104-113) (15 U.S.C. 272 note), directs
the EPA to use voluntary consensus
standards in their regulatory and
procurement activities unless to do so
would be inconsistent with applicable
law or otherwise impractical. Voluntary
consensus standards are technical
standards (e.g., materials specifications,
test methods, sampling procedures,
business practices) developed or
adopted by one or more voluntary
consensus bodies. The NTTAA directs
the EPA to provide Congress, through
annual reports to OMB, with
explanations when an agency does not
use available and applicable voluntary
consensus standards.
  The final amendments to the General
Provisions do not include any technical
standards; they consist primarily of
revisions to the generally applicable
procedural and administrative
requirements that the General
Provisions overlay on NESHAP. The
final amendments to the section 112(j)
rule, which establishes requirements
and procedures for owners or operators
of major sources of HAP and permitting
authorities to follow if the EPA misses
the deadline for promulgation of section
112(d) standards, clarify and amend
current procedural and administrative
provisions to establish equivalent
emissions limitations by permit.
Therefore, section 112(j)  is also not a
vehicle for the application of voluntary
consensus standards.
H. Executive Order 13045, Protection of
Children from Environmental Health
Risks ana Safety Risks
  Executive Order 13045 (62 FR 19885,
April 23,1997) applies to any rule that
(1)  is determined to be "economically
significant" as defined under Executive
Order 12866, and (2) concerns an
environmental health or safety risk that.
EPA has reason to believe may have a
disproportionate effect on children. If
the regulatory action meets both criteria,
the Agency must evaluate the
environmental health or safety effects of
the planned rule on children and
explain why the planned regulation is
preferable to other potentially effective
and reasonable alternatives considered
by the Agency.
  The EPA interprets Executive Order
13045 as applying only to those
regulatory actions that are based on
health or safety risks, such that the
analysis required under section 5—501 of
the Executive Order has the potential to
influence the regulation. The final
amendments to the General Provisions
are not subject to Executive Order 13045
because the provisions provide general
technology performance and
compliance guidelines for section
112(d) standards, which are not based
on health or safety risks. Likewise, the
final amendments to the section 112(j)
rule are not subject to Executive Order
13045 because they establish the
process for developing case-by-case
MACT,  and thus are based on
technology performance and not on
safety or health risks.
I. Congressional Review Act

  The Congressional Review Act, 5
U.S.C. 801 et seq., as added by the
SBREFA, generally provides that before
a rule may take effect, the agency
promulgating the  rule must submit a
rule report, which includes a copy of
the rule, to each House of the Congress
and to the Comptroller General of the
United States. Therefore, we will submit
a report containing the final
amendments and  other required
information to the U.S. Senate, the U.S.
House of Representatives, and the
Comptroller General  of the United
States prior to publication of the rule in
the Federal Register. A major rule
cannot take effect until 60 days after it
is published in the Federal Register.
These final amendments are not a
"major rule" as defined by 5 U.S.C.
804(2), and therefore will be effective
April 5, 2002.

/. Executive Order 13211, Actions
Concerning Regulations That
Significantly Affect Energy Supply,
Distribution or Use

  The final amendments are not subject
to Executive Order 13211, "Actions
Concerning Regulations That
Significantly Affect Energy Supply,
Distribution, or Use" (66 FR 28355, May
22,  2001) because it is not a significant
regulatory action under Executive Order
12866.              ;

List of Subjects in 40 CFR Part 63
  Environmental protection,
Administrative practice and procedure,
Air pollution control, .Hazardous
substances, Intergovernmental relations,
Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements.
  Dated: March 5, 2002.
Christine Todd Whitman,
Administrator.
  For the reasons cited in the preamble,
part 63, title 40, chapter I of the Code
of Federal Regulations is amended as
follows:

PART 63— [AMENDED]

  1. The authority citation for part 63
continues to read as follows:
  Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7401, et seq.

Subpart A — [Amended]

  2. Section 63.1 is amended by:
  a. Revising paragraphs (a)(3) and (4);
  b. Removing and reserving paragraphs
(a)(7) and (a)(8);
  c. Removing paragraphs (a)(l3) and
(14);
  d. Removing and reserving paragraph
  e. Revising paragraph (b)(3);
  f. Revising paragraphs (c)(l), (c)(2)
introductory text and (c)(2)(iii);
  g. Removing and reserving paragraph
(c)(4); and   .
  h. Revising paragraph (e).
  The revisions read as follows:

§63.1  Applicability.
  (a)* * *          '
  (3) No emission standard or other
requirement, established under this part
shall be interpreted, construed, or
applied to diminish or replace the
requirements of a more stringent
emission limitation or other applicable
requirement established by the
Administrator pursuant to other
authority of the Act (section 111, part C
or D or any other authority of this Act),
or a standard issued under State
authority. The Administrator may
specify in a specific standard under this
part that facilities subject to other
provisions under the Act nee'd only
comply with the provisions of that
standard.
  (4)(i) Each relevant standard in this
part 63 must identify explicitly whether
each provision in this subpart A is or is
not included in such relevant standard.
  (ii) If a relevant part 63 standard
incorporates the requirements of 40 CFR
part 60, part 61 or other part 63
standards, the relevant part 63 standard

-------
  16596
Federal Register/Vol. 67, No.  66/Friday, April  5, 2002/Rules and Regulations
  must identify explicitly the applicability
  of each corresponding part 60, part 61,
  or other part 63 subpart A (General)
  provision.
    (iii) The General Provisions in this
  subpart A do not apply to regulations
  developed pursuant to section 112(r) of
  the amended Act, unless otherwise
.  specified in those regulations.
  *    *    *    *    *
    (7) [Reserved]
    (8) [Reserved]
  *****
    (b) * * *'
    (2) [Reserved]
    (3) An owner or operator of a
  stationary source who is in the relevant
  source category and who determines
  that the source is not subject to a
  relevant standard or other requirement
  established under this part must keep a
  record as specified in § 63.10(b)(3).
    (c) * * *
    (1) If a relevant standard has been
  established under this part, the owner or
  operator of an affected source must
  comply with the provisions of that
  standard and of this subpart as provided
  in paragraph (a) (4) of this section.
    (2) Except as provided in
  § 63.10(b)(3), if a relevant standard has
  been established under this part, the
  owner or operator of an affected source
  may be required to obtain a title V
  permit from a permitting authority in
  the State in which the source is located.
  Emission standards promulgated in this
  part for area sources pursuant to section
  112 (c) (3) of the Act will specify
  whether—
  ***,**
   (iii) If a standard fails to specify what
  the permitting requirements will be for
  area sources affected by such a standard,
  then area sources that are subject to the
  standard will be subject to the
  requirement to obtain a title V permit
  without any deferral.
  *****
   (4) [Reserved]
  *    *    *     *   . *
   (e) If the Administrator promulgates
  an emission standard under section
  112(d) or (h) of the Act that is applicable
 to a source subject to an emission
  limitation by permit established under
 section 112(j) of the Act, and the
 requirements under the section 112(j)
 emission limitation are substantially as
 effective as the promulgated emission
 standard, the owner or operator may
 request the permitting authority to
 revise the source's title V permit to
 reflect that the emission limitation in
 the permit satisfies the requirements of
 the promulgated emission standard. The
 process by which the permitting
 authority determines whether the
                       section 112(j) emission limitation is
                       substantially as effective as the   f.»
                       promulgated emission standard must
                       include, consistent with part 70 or 71 of
                       this chapter, the opportunity for full
                       public, EPA, and affected State review
                       (including the opportunity for EPA's
                       objection) prior to the permit revision
                       being finalized. A negative
                       determination by the permitting
                       authority constitutes final action for
                       purposes of review and appeal under
                       the applicable title V operating permit
                       program.
                         3. Section 63.2 is amended by:
                         a. Revising the definition of Affected
                       source;
                         b. Revising the definition of
                       Commenced;
                         c. Revising the definition of
                       Construction;
                         d. Revising paragraph (2) in the
                       definition of Effective date;
                         e. Revising the definition of
                       Equivalent emission limitation;
                         f. Revising paragraph (6) in the
                       definition of Federally enforceable;
                         g. Revising the first sentence in the
                       definition of Malfunction;
                         h. Revising the definition of New
                       source;
                         i. Revising the introductory text in the
                       definition of Reconstruction;
                         j. Amending the definition of Relevant
                       standard by revising the first sentence
                       of paragraph (4); running the'
                       undesignated paragraph at the end of
                       paragraph (4) into pargraph (4), and
                       revising the last sentence of newly
                       designated text in paragraph (4);
                         k. Revising the definition of
                       Shutdown;
                         1. Revising the definition of Startup;
                         m. By adding in alphabetical order
                       definitions for Monitoring, New affected
                       source, and Working day, and
                         n. By removing definitions for
                       Compliance plan, Lesser quantity, and
                       Part 70 permit.
                         The revisions and additions read as
                       follows:

                       §63.2  Definitions.
                       *    *   • *     *    *
                         Affected source, for the purposes of
                       this part, means the collection of
                       equipment, activities, or both within a
                       single  contiguous area and under
                       common control that is included in a
                       section 112(c) source category or
                       subcategory for which a section 112(d)
                       standard or other relevant standard is
                       established pursuant to section 112 of
                       the Act. Each relevant standard will
                       define the "affected source," as defined
                       in this paragraph unless a different
                       definition is warranted based on a
                       published justification as to why this
                       definition would result in significant
 administrative, practical, or
 implementation problems and why the
 different definition would resolve those
 problems. The term "affected source,"
 as used in this part, is separate and
 distinct from any other use of that term
 in EPA regulations such as those .
 implementing title IV of the Act.
 Affected source may be defined
 differently for part 63 than affected
 facility and stationary source in parts 60
 and 61, respectively. This definition of
 "affected source," and the procedures
 for adopting an alternative definition of
 "affected source," shall apply to each
 section 112(d) standard for which the
 initial proposed rule is signed by the
 Administrator after June 30, 2002.
 ******
   Commenced means, with respect to
 construction or reconstruction of an
 affected source, that an owner or
 operator has undertaken a continuous
 program of construction or
 reconstruction or that an owner or
 operator has entered into a contractual
 obligation to undertake and complete,
 within a reasonable time, a continuous
 program of construction or
 reconstruction.
 *****.
   Construction means.the on-site
 fabrication, erection-, or installation of
 an affected source. Construction does
 not include the removal of all
 equipment comprising an affected
 source from an existing location and
 reinstallation of such equipment at  a
 new location. The owner or operator of
 an existing affected source that is
 relocated may elect not to reinstall
 minor ancillary equipment including,
 but not limited to, piping, ductwork,
 and valves. However, removal and
 reinstallation of an affected source will
 be construed as reconstruction if it
 satisfies the criteria for reconstruction as
 defined in this section. The costs of
 replacing minor ancillary equipment
 must be considered in determining
 whether the existing affected source is
 reconstructed.
 *****
  Effective date means: *  *  *
   (2) With regard to an alternative
 emission limitation or equivalent
 emission limitation determined by the
 Administrator (or a State with an
 approved permit program), the date  that
 the alternative emission limitation or
 equivalent emission limitation becomes
 effective according to the provisions of
 this part.
 *****
  Equivalent emission limitation means
 any maximum achievable control
technology emission limitation or
requirements which are applicable to a

-------
                Federal Register/Vol. 67, No. 66/Friday, April 5, 2002/Rules and Regulations
                                                                     16597
major source of hazardous air pollutants
and are adopted by the Administrator
(or a State with an approved permit
program) on a case-by-case basis,
pursuant to section 112(g) or (j) of the
Act.
*****
  Federally enforceable * *  *
  (6) Limitations and conditions that are
part of an operating permit where the
permit and the permitting program
pursuant to which it was issued meet all
of the following criteria:
  (i) The operating permit program has
been submitted to and approved by EPA
into a State implementation plan (SIP)
under section 110 of the CAA;
  (ii) The SIP imposes a legal obligation
that operating permit holders adhere to
the terms and limitations  of such
permits and provides that permits
which do not conform to the operating
permit program requirements and the
requirements of EPA's underlying
regulations may be deemed not
"federally enforceable" by EPA;
  (iii) The operating permit program
requires that all emission  limitations,
controls, and other requirements
imposed by such permits  will be at least
as stringent as any other applicable
limitations and requirements contained
in the SIP or enforceable under the SIP,
and that the program may not issue
permits that waive, or make less
stringent, any limitations  or
requirements contained in or issued
pursuant to the SIP, or that are
otherwise "federally enforceable";
  (iv) The limitations, controls, and
requirements in the permit in question
are permanent, quantifiable, and
otherwise enforceable as a practical
matter; and
  (v) The permit in question was issued
only after adequate and timely notice
and opportunity for comment for EPA
and the public.
*****
  Malfunction means any sudden,
infrequent, and not reasonably
preventable failure of air pollution
control and monitoring equipment,
process equipment, or a process to
operate in a normal or usual
manner.* * *
  Monitoring means the collection and
use of measurement data or other
information to control the operation of
a process or pollution control device or
to verify a work practice standard
relative to assuring compliance with
applicable requirements. Monitoring is
composed of four elements:
  (1) Indicator(s) of performance—the
parameter or parameters you measure or
observe for demonstrating proper
operation of the pollution control
measures or compliance with the
applicable emissions limitation or'
standard. Indicators of performance may
include direct or predicted emissions
measurements (including opacity),
operational parametric values that
correspond to process or control device
(and capture system) efficiencies or
emissions rates, and recorded findings
of inspection of work practice activities,
materials tracking, or design
characteristics. Indicators may be
expressed as a single maximum or
minimum value, a function of process
variables (for example, within a range of
pressure drops), a particular operational
or work practice status (for example, a
damper position, completion of a waste
recovery task, materials tracking), or an
interdependency between two or among
more than two variables.
  (2) Measurement techniques—the
means by which you gather and record
information of or about the indicators of
performance. The components of the
measurement technique  include the
detector type, location and installation
specifications, inspection procedures,
and quality assurance and quality
control measures. Examples of
measurement techniques include
continuous emission monitoring
systems, continuous opacity monitoring
systems, continuous parametric
monitoring systems, and manual
inspections that include making records
of process conditions or  work practices.
  (3) Monitoring frequency—the
number of times you obtain and record
monitoring data over a specified time
interval. Examples of monitoring
frequencies include at least four points
equally spaced for each hour for
continuous emissions or parametric
monitoring systems, at least every 10
seconds for continuous opacity
monitoring systems, and at least once
per operating day (or week, month, etc.)
for work practice or design inspections.
  (4) Averaging time—the period over
which you average and use data to
verify proper operation of the pollution
control approach or compliance with
the emissions limitation  or standard.
Examples of averaging time include a 3-
hour average in units of the emissions
limitation, a 30-day rolling average
emissions value, a daily average of a
control device operational parametric
range, and an instantaneous alarm.
  New affected source means the
collection of equipment, activities, or
both within a single contiguous area  and
under common control that is included
in a section 112(c) source category or
subcategory that is subject to a section
112(d) or other relevant standard for
new sources. This definition of "new
affected source," and the criteria to be
utilized in implementing it, shall apply
to each section 112(d) standard for
which the initial proposed rule is signed
by the Administrator after June 30,
2002. Each relevant standard will define
the term "new affected source," which
will be the same as the "affected
source" unless a different collection is
warranted based on consideration of
factors including:
   (1) Emission reduction impacts of
controlling individual sources versus
groups of sources;
   (2) Cost effectiveness of controlling
individual equipment;
   (3) Flexibility to accommodate
common control strategies;
   (4) Cost/benefits of emissions
averaging;          ;
   (5) Incentives for pollution  .
prevention;
   (6) Feasibility and cost of controlling
processes that share common equipment
(e.g., product recovery devices);
   (7) Feasibility and cost of monitoring;
and
   (8) Other relevant factors.
   New source means any affected source
the construction or reconstruction of
which is commenced after the
Administrator first proposes a relevant
emission standard under this part
establishing an emission-standard
applicable to such source.
*    *    *    *   ; *
   Reconstruction, unless 'otherwise
defined in a relevant standard, means
the replacement of components of an
affected or a previously nonaffected
source to such an extent  that:
*    *    *    *    *
  Relevant standard means: * * *
   (4) An equivalent emission limitation
established pursuant to section 112 of
the Act that applies t'o the collection of
equipment, activities, or  both regulated
by such standard or limitation. * * *
Every relevant standard established
pursuant to section 112 of the Act
includes subpart A of this part, as
provided by § 63.1(a)(4),  and all
applicable appendices of this part or of
other parts of this chapter that are
referenced in that standard.
*    *    *    *   ' *
  Shutdown means the cessation of
operation of an affected source or
portion of an affected source for any
purpose.
*    *    *   ' *   . *
  Startup means the setting in operation
of an affected source or portion of an
affected source for any purpose;
*    *    *     *    *
   Working day means any day on which
Federal Government offices (or State
government offices for a State that has
obtained delegation under section

-------
 16598
Federal Register /Vol. 67, No.  66/Friday, April 5, 2002/Rules and Regulations
 112(1)) are open for normal business.
 Saturdays, Sundays, and official Federal
 (or where delegated, State) holidays are
 not working days.
   4. Section 63.3 is amended by adding
 the abbreviation for standard cubic
 meter per minute in paragraph (b).
   The revisions read as follows:

 § 63.3  Units and abbreviations.
 *****
   (b) * * *
 scmm = cubic meter at standard
     conditions per minute
 *****

   5. Section 63.4 is amended by:
   a. Revising paragraph (a)(l);
   b. Removing and reserving paragraphs
 (a)(3) through (a)(5);
   c. Removing paragraph (b)(3); and
   d. Revising paragraph (c).
   The revisions read as follows:

 § 63.4  Prohibited activities and
 circumvention.
   (a) * * * (1) No owner or operator
 subject to the provisions of this part
 must operate any affected source in
 violation of the requirements of this
 part. Affected sources subject to and in
 compliance with either an extension of
 compliance or an exemption from
 compliance are not in violation of the
 requirements of this part. An extension
 of compliance can be granted by the
 Administrator under this part; by a State
 with an approved permit program; or by
 the President under section 112(i)(4) of
 the Act.
 *    *    *     *    *
.   (3)-(5) [Reserved]
 *****
   (c) Fragmentation. Fragmentation
 after November 15, 1990 which divides
 ownership of an operation, within the
 same facility among various owners
 where there is no real change in control,
 will not affect applicability. The owner
 and operator must not use fragmentation
 or phasing of reconstruction activities
 (i.e., intentionally dividing
 reconstruction into multiple parts for
 purposes of avoiding new source
 requirements) to avoid becoming subject
 to new source requirements.
  6. Section 63.5 is amended by:
  a. Revising the section heading;
  b. Revising paragraphs  (a)(l) and (2);
  c. Revising paragraphs (b)(l), (b)(3)
 and (4);
  d. Removing and reserving paragraph
  e. Revising paragraph (b)(6);
  f. Revising paragraphs (d)(l)(i),
        B), and (d)(l)(ii)(E);
  g. Removing and reserving paragraph
  h. Revising paragraph (d)(2);
                         i. Revising paragraph (d)(3)(vi); and
                         j, Revising paragraphs (f)(l);and (f)(2).
                         The revisions read as follows:

                       § 63.5  Preconstruction review and
                       notification requirements.
                         (a)*-**
                         (1) This section implements the
                       preconstruction review requirements of
                       section 112(i)(l). After the effective date
                       of a relevant standard, promulgated
                       pursuant to section 112(d), (f), or (h) of
                       the Act, under this part, the
                       preconstruction review requirements in
                       this section apply to the owner or
                       operator of new affected sources and
                       reconstructed affected sources that are
                       major-emitting as specified in this
                       section. New and reconstructed affected
                       sources that commence construction or
                       reconstruction before the effective date
                       of a relevant standard are not subject to
                       the preconstruction review
                       requirements specified in paragraphs
                       (b)(3), (d), and (e) of this section.
                         (2) This section includes notification
                       requirements for new affected sources
                       and reconstructed affected sources that
                       are not major-emitting affected sources
                       and that are or become subject to a
                       relevant promulgated emission standard
                       after the effective date of a relevant
                       standard promulgated under this part.
                         (b) Requirements for existing, newly
                       constructed, and reconstructed affected
                       sources. (1) A new affected source for
                       which construction commences after
                       proposal of a relevant standard is
                       subject to relevant standards for new
                       affected sources, including compliance
                       dates. An affected source for which
                       reconstruction commences after
                       proposal of a relevant standard is
                       subject to relevant standards for new
                       sources, including compliance dates,
                       irrespective of any change in emissions
                       of hazardous air pollutants from that
                       source.
                       *****
                        (3) After the effective date of any
                       relevant standard promulgated by the   .
                       Administrator under this part, no
                       person may, without obtaining written
                       approval in advance from the
                       Administrator in accordance with the
                       procedures specified in paragraphs (d)
                       and (e) of this section, do any of the
                       following:
                        (i) Construct a new affected source
                       that is major-emitting and subject to
                       such standard;
                        (ii) Reconstruct an affected source that
                       is major-emitting and subject to such
                       standard; or
                        (iii) Reconstruct a major source such
                      that the source becomes an affected
                      source that is major-emitting and subject
                      to the standard.
   (4) After the effective date of any
 relevant standard promulgated by the
 Administrator under this part, an owner
 or operator who constructs a new
 affected source that is not major-
 emitting or reconstructs an affected
 source that is .not major-emitting that is
 subject to such standard,  or reconstructs
 a source such that the source becomes
 an affected source subject to the
 standard, must notify the Administrator
 of the intended construction or
 reconstruction. The notification must be
 submitted in accordance with the
 procedures in §63.9(b).
   (5) [Reserved]        •
   (6) After the effective date of any
 relevant standard promulgated by the
 Administrator under this  part,
 equipment added (or a process change)
 to an affected source that  is within the
 scope of the definition of affected source
 under the relevant standard must be
 considered part of the affected source
 and subject to all provisions of the
 relevant standard established for that
 affected source.
 *****
   (d) * * *
   (1) * * *
   (i) An owner or operator who is
 subject to the requirements of paragraph
 (b)(3) of this section must submit to the
 Administrator an application for
 approval of the construction or
 reconstruction. The application must be
 submitted as soon as practicable before
 actual construction or reconstruction
 begins. The application for approval of
 construction or reconstruction may be
 used to fulfill the initial notification
 requirements of § 63.9(b)(5). The owner
 or operator may submit the application
 for approval well in advance of the date
 actual construction or reconstruction
 begins in order to ensure a timely
 review by the Administrator and that
 the planned date to begin will not be
 delayed.
   (ii) * * *
   (B) A notification of intention to
 construct a new major affected source or
 make any physical or operational
 change to a major affected source that
 may meet or has been determined to
 meet the criteria for a reconstruction, as
 defined in § 63.2 or in the  relevant
 standard;
 *    '*    *    *   •  *
   (E) The expected date of the beginning
 of actual construction or reconstruction;
 *****
   (G) [Reserved]
 *****
   (2) Application for approval  of
construction. Each application  for
approval of construction must include,
in addition to the information required

-------
                 Federal Register /Vol.  67, No. 66/Friday,  April 5, 2002/Rules and Regulations
                                                                      16599
 in paragraph (d)(l)(ii) of this section,
 technical information describing the
 proposed nature, size, design, operating
 design capacity, and method of
 operation of the source, including an
 identification of each type of emission
 point for each type of hazardous air
 pollutant that is emitted (or could
 reasonably be anticipated to be emitted)
 and a description of the planned air
 pollution control system (equipment or
 method) for each emission point. The
 description of the equipment to be used
 for the control of emissions  must
 include each control device for each
 hazardous air pollutant and the
 estimated control efficiency (percent)
 for each control device. The description
 of the method to be used for the control
 of emissions must include an estimated
 control efficiency (percent) for that
 method. Such technical information
 must include  calculations of emission
 estimates in sufficient detail to permit
 assessment of the validity of the
 calculations.
   (3) * * *
   (vi) If in the application for approval
 of reconstruction the owner or operator
 designates the affected source as a
 reconstructed source and declares that
 there are no economic or technical
 limitations to  prevent the source from
 complying with all relevant standards or
.other requirements, the owner or
 operator need not submit the
 information required in paragraphs
 (d)(3)(iii) through (d)(3)(v) of this
 section.
   (1) Preconstruction review procedures
 that a State utilizes for other purposes
 may also be utilized for purposes of this
 section if the procedures are
 substantially equivalent to those
 specified in this section. The
 Administrator will approve  an'
 application for construction or
 reconstruction specified in paragraphs
 (b)(3) and (d) of this section  if the owner
 or operator of a new affected source or
 reconstructed affected source, who is
 subject to such requirement  meets the
 following conditions:
   (i) The owner or operator of the new
 affected source or reconstructed affected
 source has undergone a preconstruction
 review and approval process in the State
 in which the source is (or would be)
 located and has received a federally
 enforceable construction permit that
 contains a finding that the source will
 meet the relevant promulgated emission
 standard, if the source is properly built
 and operated.
   (ii) Provide a statement from the State
 or other evidence (such as State
regulations) that it considered the
factors specified in paragraph (e)(l) of
this section.
   (2) The owner or operator must
submit to the Administrator the request
for approval of construction or
reconstruction under this paragraph
(f)(2) no later than the application
deadline specified in paragraph (d)(l) of
this section (see also § 63.9(b)(2)). The
owner or operator must include in the
request information sufficient for the
Administrator's determination. The
Administrator will evaluate the owner
or operator's request in accordance with
the procedures specified in paragraph
(e) of this section. The Administrator
may request additional relevant
information after the submittal of a
request for approval of construction or
reconstruction under this paragraph
(0(2).
   7. Section 63.6 is amended by:
   a. Revising paragraph (a)(l)
introductory text;
   b. Revising paragraphs (b)(l), (b)(2),
(b)(3)(i), (b)(4), (b)(5), and (b)(7);
   c. Revising paragraphs (c)(2) and
  d. Revising paragraphs (e)(l)(i) and
(ii):
  e. Removing and reserving paragraph
  f. Revising paragraphs (e)(3)(i)
introductory text, (e)(3)(i)(A), (e)(3)(ii),
the first three sentences of (e)(3)(iii) and
(e)(3)(v), revising paragraphs (e)(3)(iv),
(e)(3)(vii)(B), (e)(3)(vii)(C), adding
paragraph (e)(3)(vii)(D), revising
paragraph (e)(3)(viii) and adding
paragraph (e)(3)(ix);
  g. Revising paragraphs (f)(l),
(f)(2)(iii)(D), and (f)(3);
  h. Revising paragraph (h)(l);
  i. Revising paragraph (h)(2)(iii)(C);
  j. Revising paragraph (i)(4)(i)(B);
  k. Revising the last sentence of
paragraph (i)(4)(ii);
  1. Revising paragraphs (i)(6)(i)(B)(^)
and (2) and removing and reserving
paragraphs (i)(6)(i)(C) & (D);
  m. Revising paragraph (i)(12)(i);
  n. Revising paragraph (i)(14); arid
  o. Adding paragraph (i)(4)(i)(C).
  The revisions and additions read as
follows:

§ 63.6 Compliance with standards and
maintenance requirements.
  (a)* * *
  (1) The requirements in this section
apply to the owner or operator of
affected sources for which any relevant
standard has been established pursuant
to section 112 of the Act and the
applicability of such  requirements is set
out in accordance with § 63.1(a)(4)
unless —
   (b) Compliance dates for new and
 reconstructed affected sources. (1)
 Except as specified in paragraphs (b)(3)
 and (4) of this section, the owner or
 operator of a new or reconstructed
 affected source for which construction
 or reconstruction commences after
 proposal of a relevant standard that has
 an initial startup before the effective
 date of a relevant standard established
 under this part pursuant to section
 112(d), (f), or (h) of the Act must comply
 with such standard not later than the
 standard's effective date.
   (2) Except as specified in paragraphs
 (b)(3) and (4) of this section, the owner
 or operator of a new or reconstructed
 affected source that has an initial
 startup after the effective date of a
 relevant standard established under this
 part pursuant to section 112(d), (f), or
 (h) of the Act must comply with such
 standard upon startup of the source.
   (3)*  *  *
   (i) The promulgated standard (that is,
 the relevant standard) is more stringent
 than the proposed standard; for
 purposes of this paragraph, a finding
 that controls or compliance methods are
 "more stringent" must include control
 technologies or performance criteria and
 compliance or compliance assurance
 methods that are different but are
 substantially equivalent to those
 required by the promulgated rule, as
 determined by the Administrator (or his
 or her authorized representative); and
 *'   *     *     *    *
   (4) The owner or operator of an
 affected source for which construction
 or reconstruction is commenced after
 the proposal date of a relevant standard .
 established pursuant to section 112(d) of
 the Act but before the proposal date of
 a relevant standard established pursuant
 to section 112(f) shall not be required to
 comply with the section 112(fJ  emission
 standard until the date 10 years after the
 date construction or reconstruction is
 commenced, except that, if the section
 112 (f) standard is promulgated more
 than 10 years after construction or
 reconstruction is commenced, the
 owner or operator must comply with the
 standard as provided in paragraphs
 (b)(l) and (2) of this section.
  (5) The owner or operator of a new
 source that is subject to the compliance
 requirements of paragraph (b)(3) or (4)
 of this section must notify  the
 Administrator in accordance with
 §63.9(d).
 *****
  (7) When an area source  becomes a
 major source by the addition of
equipment or operations that meet the
definition of new affected source  in the
relevant standard, the portion of the

-------
 16600
Federal Register/Vol.  67,  No. 66/Friday, April  5, 2002/Rules and Regulations
 existing facility that is a new affected
 source must comply with all
 requirements of that standard applicable
 to new sources. The source owner or
 operator must comply with the relevant
 standard upon startup.
   (c) * *  *
   (2) If an existing source is subject to
 a standard established under this part
 pursuant to section 112(f) of the Act, the
 owner or operator must comply with the
 standard by the date 90 days after the
 standard's effective date, or by the date
 specified in an extension granted to the
 source by the Administrator under
 paragraph (i)(4)(ii) of this section,
 whichever is later.
 *****
   (5) Except as provided in paragraph
 (b)(7) of this section, the owner or
 operator of an area source that increases
 its emissions of (or its potential to emit)
 hazardous air pollutants such that the
 source becomes a major source shall be
 subject to relevant standards for existing
 sources. Such sources must comply by
 the date specified in the standards for
 existing area sources that become major
 sources. If no such compliance date is
 specified in the standards, the source
 shall have  a period of time to comply
 with the relevant emission standard that
 is equivalent to the compliance  period
 specified in the relevant standard for
 existing sources in existence at the time
 the standard becomes effective.
 *****
   (e)*  *  *
   (l)(i) At all times, including periods
 of startup,  shutdown, and malfunction,
 the owner or operator must operate and
 maintain any affected source, including
 associated  air pollution control
 equipment and monitoring equipment,-
 in a manner consistent with safety and
 good air pollution control practices for
 minimizing emissions to the levels
 required by the relevant standards, i.e.,
 meet the emission standard or comply
 with the startup, shutdown, and
 malfunction plan. Determination of.
 whether such operation and
 maintenance procedures are being used
 will be based on information available
 to the Administrator which may
 include, but is not limited to,
 monitoring results, review of operation
 and maintenance procedures (including
 the startup, shutdown, and malfunction
 plan required in paragraph (e)(3) of this
 section), review of operation and
 maintenance records, and inspection of
the source.
  (ii) Malfunctions must be corrected as
 soon as practicable after their
occurrence  in accordance with the
startup, shutdown, and malfunction
plan required in paragraph (e)(3) of this
                       section. To the extent that an  -.
                       unexpected eveiit arises during a  *
                       startup, shutdown, or malfunction, an
                       owner or operator must comply by
                       minimizing emissions during such a
                       startup, shutdown, and malfunction
                       event consistent with safety and good
                       air pollution control practices.  .
                       *****
                         (2) [Reserved]
                         (3) *  *' *
                         (i) The owner or operator of an
                       affected source must develop and
                       implement a written startup, shutdown,
                       and malfunction plan that describes, in
                       detail, procedures for operating and
                       maintaining the source during periods
                       of startup, shutdown, and malfunction;
                       a program of corrective action for
                       malfunctioning process; and air
                       pollution control and monitoring
                       equipment used to comply with the
                       relevant standard. This plan must be
                       developed by the owner or operator by
                       the source's compliance date for that
                       relevant standard. The purpose of the
                       startup, shutdown, and malfunction
                       plan is to—
                         (A) Ensure  that, at all times, the
                       owner or operator operate and maintain
                       affected sources, including associated
                       air pollution control and monitoring
                       equipment, in a manner consistent with
                       safety and good air pollution control
                       practices for minimizing emissions to
                       the levels required by the  relevant
                       standards;
                       *****
                        (ii) During periods of startup,.
                      shutdown, and malfunction, the owner
                      or operator of an affected source must
                      operate and maintain such source
                      (including associated air pollution
                      control and monitoring equipment) in
                      accordance with the procedures
                      specified in the startup, shutdown, and
                      malfunction plan developed under
                      paragraph (e)(3)(i) of this section.
                        (iii) When actions taken by the owner
                      or operator during a startup, shutdown,
                      or malfunction (including actions taken
                      to correct a malfunction) are consistent
                      with the procedures specified in the
                      affected source's startup, shutdown, and
                      malfunction plan, the owner or operator
                      must keep records for that event which
                      demonstrate that the procedures
                      specified in the plan were  followed.
                      These records may take the form of a
                      "checklist," or other effective form of
                      recordkeeping that confirms
                      conformance with the startup,
                      shutdown, and malfunction plan for
                      that event. In addition, the owner or
                      operator must keep records of these
                      events as specified in § 63.10(b),
                      including records of the occurrence and
                      duration of each startup, shutdown, or
  malfunction of operation and each
 •malfunction of the air pollution control
  and monitoring equipment. *  * *
    (iv) If an action taken by the owner or
  operator during a startup, shutdown, or
  malfunction (including an action taken
 'to correct a malfunction) is not
  consistent with the procedures specified
  in the affected sourde's startup,
  shutdown, and malfunction plan, and
  the source exceeds the relevant
  emission standard, then the owner or
  operator must record the actions taken
  for that event and must report such
  actions within 2 working days after
  commencing actions inconsistent with
.  the plan, followed by a letter within 7
  working days after the end of the event,
  in accordance with §63.10(d)(5) (unless
  the owner or operator makes alternative
 reporting arrangements, in advance,
 with the Administrator).
    (v) The owner or operator must
 maintain at the affected source a current
 startup, shutdown, and malfunction
 plan and must make the plan available
 upon request for inspection and copying
 by the Administrator. In addition, if the
 startup, shutdown, and malfunction
 plan is subsequently revised as
 provided in paragraph (e)(3)(viii) of this
 section, the owner or operator must
 maintain at the affected source each
 previous (i.e., superseded) version of the
 startup, shutdown, and malfunction
 plan, and must make each  such
 previous version available  for
 inspection and copying by the
 Administrator for a period of 5 years
 after revision of the plan. If at any time
 after adoption of a startup, shutdown,
 and malfunction plan the affected
 source ceases operation or  is otherwise
 no longer subject to the provisions of
 this part, the owner or operator must
 retain a copy of the most recent plan for
 5 years from the date the source ceases
 operation or is no longer subject to this
 part and must make the plan available
 upon request for inspection and copying
 by the Administrator. * *  *
 *    *     *    *    *
   (vii) * *  *
   (B) Fails to provide for the operation
 of the source (including associated air
 pollution control and monitoring
 equipment) during a startup, shutdown,
 or malfunction evenHn a manner
 consistent with safety and good air
 pollution control practices for
 minimizing emissions to the levels
 required by the relevant standards;
   (C) Does not provide adequate
 procedures for correcting
 malfunctioning process and/or air
 pollution control and monitoring
 equipment as quickly as practicable; or
   (D) Includes an event that does not
 meet the definition of startup,

-------
                Federal Register/Vol. 67, No. 66/Friday, April 5, 2002/Rules and  Regulations
                                                                     16601
shutdown, or malfunction listed in
§63.2.
  (viii) The owner or operator may -  '
periodically revise the startup,
shutdown, and malfunction plan for the
affected source as necessary to satisfy
the requirements of this part or to reflect
changes in equipment or procedures at
the affected source. Unless the
permitting authority provides otherwise,
the owner or operator may make such
revisions to the startup, shutdown, and
malfunction plan without prior
approval by the Administrator or the
permitting authority. However, each
such revision to a startup, shutdown,
and malfunction plan, must be reported
in the semiannual report required by
§63.10(d)(5). If the startup, shutdown,
and malfunction plan fails to address or
inadequately addresses an event that
meets the characteristics of a
malfunction but was not included  in the
startup, shutdown, and malfunction  .
plan at the time the owner or operator
developed the  plan, the owner or
operator must revise the startup,
shutdown, and malfunction plan within
45 days after the  event to include
detailed procedures for operating and
maintaining the source during similar
malfunction events and a program of
corrective action for similar
malfunctions of process or air pollution
control and monitoring equipment. In
the event that the owner or operator
makes any revision to the startup,
shutdown, and malfunction plan which
alters the scope of the activities at the .
source which are deemed to be a
startup, shutdown, malfunction, or
otherwise modifies the applicability of
any emission limit, work practice
requirement, or other requirement in a
standard established under this part, the
revised plan shall not take effect until
after the owner or operator has provided
a written notice describing the revision
to the permitting authority.
  (ix) The title V permit for an affected
source must require that the owner or
operator adopt a startup, shutdown, and
malfunction plan which conforms  to the
provisions of this part, and that the
owner or operator operate and maintain
the source in accordance with the
procedures specified in the current
startup, shutdown, and malfunction
plan. However, any revisions made to
the startup, shutdown, and malfunction
plan in accordance with the procedures
established by  this part shall not be
deemed to constitute permit revisions
under part 70 or part' 71 of this chapter.
Moreover, none of the procedures
specified by the startup, shutdown, and
malfunction plan for an affected source
shall be deemed to fall within the
permit shield provision in section 504(f)
of the Act.
  ffl * * * . .
  (1) Applicability. The non-opacity
emission standards set forth in this part .
shall apply at all times except during
periods of startup, shutdown, and
malfunction, and as otherwise specified
in an applicable subpart. If a startup,
shutdown, or malfunction of one
portion of an affected source does not
affect the ability of particular emission
points within other portions of the
affected source to comply with the non-
opacity emission standards set forth in
this part, then that emission point must
still be required to comply with the non-
opacity emission standards and other
applicable requirements.
  (2) *  * *
  (iii) * * *
  (D) The performance test was
appropriately quality-assured, as
specified in § 63.7(c).
*****
  (3) Finding of compliance. The
Administrator will make a finding
concerning an affected source's
compliance with a non-opacity emission
standard, as specified in paragraphs
(fKl) and (2) of this section, upon
obtaining all the compliance
information required by the relevant
standard (including the written reports
of performance test results, monitoring
results,  and other information, if
applicable), and information available to
the Administrator pursuant to paragraph
(e)(l)(i)  of this section.
*****
  (h)*  * *
  (1) Applicability. The opacity and
visible emission standards set forth in
this part must apply at all times except
during periods of startup, shutdown,
and malfunction, and as otherwise
specified in an applicable subpart. If a
startup, shutdown, or malfunction of
one portion of an affected source does
not affect the ability of particular
emission points within other portions of
the affected source to comply with the
opacity  and visible emission standards
set forth in this part, then that emission
point shall still be required to comply
with the opacity and visible emission
standards and other applicable
requirements.  •
  (2) *  * *
  (iii) *  * *
  (C) The opacity or visible emission
test was conducted and the resulting
data  were reduced using EPA-approved
test methods and procedures, as
specified in § 63.7(e); and
  (i}
   (B) Any request under this paragraph
 for an extension of compliance with a
 relevant standard must be submitted in
 writing to the appropriate authority no
 later than 120 days prior to the affected
 source's compliance date (as specified
 in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section),
 except as provided for in paragraph
 (i)(4)(i)(C) of this section. Nonfrivolous
 requests submitted under this paragraph
 will stay the applicability of the rule as
 to the emission points in question until
 such time as the request is granted or
 denied. A denial will be effective as of
 the date of denial. Emission standards
 established under this part may specify
 alternative dates for the subrnittal  of
 requests for an extension of compliance
 if alternatives are appropriate for the
 source categories affected by those
 standards.          .
   (C) An owner or operator may submit
 a compliance extension request after the
 date specified in paragraph (i)(4)(i)(B) of
 this section  provided the need for  the
 compliance extension arose after that
 date, and before the otherwise
 applicable compliance date and the
 need arose due to circumstances beyond
 reasonable control of the owner or
 operator. This request must include, in
 addition to the information required in
 paragraph (i)(6)(i) of this section, a
 statement of the reasons additional time
 is needed and the date when the owner
 or operator first learned of the problems.
 Nonfrivolous requests submitted under
 this paragraph will stay the applicability
 of the rule as.to the emission points in '
 question until such time as the request
 is granted or denied. A  denial will be
 effective as of the original compliance
 date.
   (ii) *  *  *  Any request for an
 extension of compliance with a relevant
 standard under this paragraph must be
 submitted in writing to the
Administrator not later than 90 calendar
.days after the effective date of the
 relevant standard.
 *    *    *    *   : *

   (6)(i)* *  *       ;
   (B) *  *  *
   (1) The date by which on-site
 construction, installation of emission
 control equipment, 01; a process change
 is planned to be initiated; and
   (2) The date by which final
 compliance  is to be achieved.
   (C) [Reserved]
   (D) [Reserved]
 *    *    *    *    *
   (12)(i) The Administrator (or the State
 with an approved permit program) will
 notify the owner or operator in writing
 of approval or intention to deny
 approval of a request for an extension of
 compliance within 30 calendar days

-------
   16602
Federal Register/Vol.  67, No. 66/Friday, April 5, 2 002/Rules and Regulations
  after receipt of sufficient information to
  evaluate a request submitted under  •
  paragraph (i)(4)(i) or (i)(5) of this
  section. The Administrator (or the State]
  will notify the owner or operator in
•  writing of the status of his/her
  application, that is, whether the
  application contains sufficient
'  information to make a determination,
  within 30 calendar days after receipt of
  the original application and within 30
  calendar days after receipt of any
  supplementary information that is
  submitted. The 30-day approval or
  denial period will begin after the owner
  or operator has been notified in writing
  that his/her application is complete.
  *****
    (14) The Administrator (or the State
  with an approved permit program) may
  terminate an extension of compliance at
  an earlier date than specified if any
  specification under paragraph (i)(10)(iii)
  or (iv) of this section is not met. Upon
  a  determination to terminate, the
  Administrator will notify, in writing,
  the owner or operator of the
  Administrator's determination to
  terminate, together with:
    (i) Notice of the reason for
  termination; and
    (ii) Notice of opportunity for the
  owner or operator to present in writing,
  within 15 calendar days after he/she is
  notified of the determination to
  terminate, additional information or
  arguments to the Administrator before
  further action on the termination.
    (iii) A final determination to
  terminate an extension of compliance
  will be in writing and will set forth the
  specific grounds on which the
  termination is based. The final
  determination will be made within 30
  calendar days after presentation of
  additional information or arguments, or
  within 30 calendar days after the final
  date specified for the presentation if no
 presentation is made.
  *****
   8. Section 63.7 is amended by:
   a. Revising paragraphs (a)(l) and (a)(2)
 introductory text;
   b. Removing and reserving paragraphs
 (a)(2)(i) through (viii);
   c. Revising paragraph (b)(l);
   d. Revising the first sentence of
 paragraph (b)(2);
   e. Revising paragraphs (c)(3)(ii)(A)
 through (B);
  f. Revising paragraph (c)(4)(i);
  g. Revising paragraphs (e)(2)(i)
 through (iii);
  h. Revising paragraph (f)(l);
  i. Revising paragraphs (f)(2)(i) through
 (ii); and
  j. Revising paragraph (f)(3).
  The revisions read as follows:
                       §63.7  Performance testing requirements.
                         (a)* * *     ;, ', "       !y?   '•
                         (1) The applicability of this section is
                       setoutin§63.1(a)(4).
                         (2) If required to do performance
                       testing by a relevant standard, and
                       unless a waiver of performance testing
                       is obtained under this section or the
                       conditions of paragraph (c)(3)(ii)(B) of
                       this section apply, the owner or operator
                       of the affected source must perform
                       such tests within 180 days of the
                       compliance date for such source.
                         (i)—(viii) [Reserved]
                       *****
                         (b) * * *
                         (l) The owner or operator of an
                       affected source must notify the
                       Administrator in writing of his or her
                       intention to conduct a performance test
                       at least 60 calendar days before the
                       performance test is initially scheduled
                       to begin to allow the Administrator,
                       upon request, to review an approve the
                       site-specific test plan required under
                       paragraph (c) of this section and to  have
                       an observer present during the test.
                        (2) In the event the owner or operator
                       is unable to conduct the performance
                       test on the date specified in the
                      notification requirement specified in
                      paragraph (b)(l) of this section due  to
                      unforeseeable circumstances beyond his
                      or her control, the owner or operator
                      must notify the Administrator as soon as
                      practicable  and without delay prior to
                      the scheduled performance test date and
                      specify the date when the performance
                      test is rescheduled. * *  *
                        (c)* * *
                        (3)* * *
                        (ii)*  * *
                        (A) If the owner or operator intends to
                      demonstrate compliance using the test
                      method(s) specified in the relevant
                      standard or. with only minor changes to
                      those tests methods (see paragraph
                      (e)(2)(i) of this section), the owner or
                      operator must conduct the performance
                      test within the time specified in this
                      section using the specified method(s);
                        (B) If the owner or operator intends to
                      demonstrate compliance by using an
                      alternative to any test method specified
                      in the relevant standard, the owner or
                      operator is authorized to conduct the
                      performance test using an alternative
                      test method after the Administrator
                      approves the use of the alternative
                      method when the Administrator
                      approves the site-specific test plan (if
                      review of the site-specific test plan is
                     requested) or after the alternative
                     method is approved (see paragraph (f) of
                     this section). However, the owner or
                     operator is authorized to conduct the
                     performance test using an alternative
                     method in the absence of notification of
  approval 45 days after submission of the
  site-specific test plan or request to use
  an alternative method. The owner or
  operator is authorized to conduct the
  performance test within 60 calendar
  days after he/she is'authorized to
  demonstrate compliance using an
  alternative test method.
  Nobtfithstanding the requirements in
  the preceding three sentences, the
  owner or operator may proceed to
  conduct the performance test as
  required in this section (without the
  Administrator's prior approval of the
  site-specific test plan) if he/she
  subsequently chooses to use the
  specified testing and monitoring
  methods instead of an alternative..
  * .   *    *     *    *
    (4)(i) Performance test method audit
  program. The owner or operator must
  analyze performance audit (PA) samples
  during each performance test. The
  owner or operator must request
  performance audit materials 30 days
  prior to the test date. Audit materials
  including cylinder audit gases may be
  obtained by contacting the appropriate
  EPA Regional Office  or the responsible
  enforcement authority.
  *****
   (e) *'**'.
   (2)* *  *
   (i) Specifies or approves,  in specific
 cases, the use of a test method with
 minor changes in methodology (see
 definition in § 63.90(a)). Such changes
 may be approved in conjunction with
 approval of the site-specific test plan
 (see paragraph (c) of this section); or
   (ii) Approves the use of an
 intermediate or major change or
 alternative to a test method  (see
 definitions in § 63.90(a)), the results of
 which the Administrator has
 determined to be adequate for indicating
 whether a specific affected source is in
 compliance; or
  (iii) Approves shorter sampling times
 or smaller sample volumes when
 necessitated by process variables or
 other factors; or
 *****
  (f)*'*  *
  (1) General. Until authorized to use an
 intermediate or major change or
 alternative to a test method, the owner
 or operator of an affected source
 remains subject to the requirements of
 this section and the relevant standard
  (2) * -*  *
  (i) Notifies the Administrator of his or
 her intention to use an alternative test
 method at least 60 days before the
 performance test is scheduled to begin;
  (ii) Uses Method 301 in appendix A
 of this part to validate the alternative
test method. This may include the use

-------
                 Federal Register/Vol. 67, No. 66/Friday,. April 5, 2002/Rules and  Regulations
                                                                     16603
 of specific procedures of Method 301 if
 use of such procedures are sufficient to
 validate the alternative test method; and
 *****
   (3) The Administrator will determine
 whether the owner or operator's
 validation of the proposed alternative
 test method is adequate and issue an
 approval or disapproval of the
 alternative test method. If the owner or
 operator intends to demonstrate
 compliance by using an alternative to
 any test method specified in the
 relevant standard, the owner or operator
 is authorized to conduct the
 performance test using an alternative
 test method after the Administrator
 approves the use of the  alternative
 method. However, the owner or operator
 is authorized to conduct the
 performance test using an alternative
 method in the absence of notification of
 approval/disapproval 45 days after
 submission of the request to use an
 alternative method and the request
 satisfies the requirements in paragraph
 (f)(2) of this section. The owner or
 operator is authorized to conduct the
 performance test within 60 calendar
 days after he/she is authorized to
 demonstrate compliance using an
 alternative test method.
 Notwithstanding the requirements in
 the preceding three sentences, the
 owner or operator may proceed to
 conduct the performance test as
 required in this section (without the
. Administrator's prior approval of the
 site-specific test plan) if he/she
 subsequently chooses to use the
 specified testing and monitoring
 methods instead of an alternative.
 *****
   9, Section 63.8 is amended by:
   a. Revising paragraph (a)(l);
   b. Revising paragraphs (b)(l)(i) and
 (ii);
   c. Revising paragraphs (b)(2)(i) ancl
 (ii);
   d. Revising paragraphs (c)(l)(i)
 through (iii);
   e. Revising paragraph (c)(2);
   f. Revising paragraph (c)(6);
   g. Revising paragraph (f)(l);
   h. Revising paragraphs (f)(4)(i)
 through (ii);
   i. Adding paragraph (f)(4)(iv);
   j. Revising  the heading of paragraph
 (f)(5) and revising paragraph (f)(5)(i)
 Introductory text;
   k. Revising paragraph (g)(l); and
   1. Revising paragraph (g)(5).
   The revisions and additions read as
 follows:
 §63.8  Monitoring requirements.
   (a)
  (1) The applicability of this section is
setoutin§63.1(a)(4).
*****
  (b)* * *
  (1)* * *
  (i) Specifies or approves the use of
minor changes in methodology for the
specified monitoring requirements and
procedures' (see § 63.90(a) for
definition); or
  (ii) Approves the use of an
intermediate or major change or
alternative to any monitoring
requirements or procedures (see
§ 63.90(a) for definition).
*    *    *    *    *
  (2)(i) When the emissions from two or
more affected sources are combined
before being released to the atmosphere,
the owner or operator may install an
applicable CMS for each emission
stream or for the combined emissions
streams, provided the monitoring is
sufficient to demonstrate compliance
with the relevant standard.
  (ii) If the relevant standard is a mass
emission standard and the emissions
from one affected source are released to
the atmosphere through more than one
point, the owner or operator must install
an applicable CMS at each emission
point unless the installation  of fewer
systems is—
*****
  (c)* * *
  (l)(i) The owner or operator of an
affected source must maintain and
operate each CMS as specified in
§63.6(e)(l).
  (ii) The owner or operator must keep
the necessary parts for routine repairs of
the affected CMS equipment readily
available.
  (iii) The owner or operator of an
affected source must develop and
implement a written startup, shutdown,
and malfunction plan for CMS as
specified in § 63.6(e)(3).
  (2)(i) All CMS must be installed such
that representative measures of
emissions or process parameters from
the affected source are obtained. In
addition, GEMS must be located
according to procedures contained in
the applicable performance
specification(s).
  (ii) Unless the individual subpart
states otherwise, the owner or operator
must ensure the read out (that portion
of the CMS that provides a visual
display or record), or other indication of
operation, from any CMS required for
compliance with the emission standard
is readily accessible on site for
operational control or inspection by the
operator of the equipment.
*****
  (6) The owner or operator  of a CMS
that is not a CPMS, which is installed
in accordance with the provisions of
this part and the applicable CMS
performance specification(s), must
check the zero (low-level) and high-
level calibration drifts at least once
daily in accordance with the written  •
procedure specified in the performance
evaluation plan developed under
paragraphs (e)(3)(i) and (ii)'of this
section. The zero (low-level) and high-
level calibration drifts must be adjusted,
at a minimum, whenever the 24-hour
zero (low-level) drift exceeds two times
the limits of the applicable performance
specification(s) specified in 'the relevant
standard. The system shall allow the
amount of excess zero (low-level) and
high-level drift measured at the 24-hour
interval checks to be recorded and
quantified whenever specified. For
COM3, all optical and instrumental
surfaces exposed to the effluent gases
must be cleaned prior to performing the
zero (low-level) and high-level drift
adjustments; the optical surfaces and
instrumental surfaces must be cleaned
when the cumulative automatic  zero
compensation, if applicable, exceeds 4
percent opacity. The CPMS must be
calibrated prior to use for the purposes
of complying with this section. The
CPMS must be checked daily for
indication that the  system is
responding. If the CPMS system
includes an internal system-check,
results must be recorded and checked
daily for proper operation.
*    *    *    *   '  *
  (f)* * *
  (1) General. Until permission to use
an alternative monitoring procedure
(minor, intermediate, or major changes;
see definition in § 63.90(a)) has been
granted by the Administrator under this
paragraph (f)(l), the owner or operator
of an affected source;remains subject to
the requirements of this section  and the
relevant standard.
***.**
  (4)(i) Request to use alternative
monitoring procedure. An owner or
operator who wishes to use an
alternative monitoring procedure must
submit an application to the
Administrator as described in paragraph
(f)(4)(ii) of this section. The application
may be submitted at 'any time provided
that the monitoring procedure is not the
performance test method used to
demonstrate compliance with a  relevant
standard or other requirement. If the
alternative monitoring procedure will
serve as the performance test method
that is to be used to demonstrate
compliance with a relevant standard,
the application must be submitted at
least 60 days before the performance
evaluation is  scheduled to begin and

-------
  16604
Federal Register/Vol. 67, No.  66/Friday, April  5, 2002/Rules and Regulations
  must meet the requirements for an
  alternative test method under § 63.7(f).
    (ii) The application must contain a
  description of the proposed alternative
  monitoring system which addresses the
  four elements contained in the
  definition of monitoring in § 63.2 and a
  performance evaluation test plan, if
  required, as specified in paragraph (e)(3)
  of this section. In addition, the
  application must include information
  justifying the owner or operator's
  request for an alternative monitoring
  method, such as the technical or
  economic infeasibility, or the
  impracticality, of the affected source
  using the required method.
  *  .  *    *     *     *    •    •
    (iv) Application for minor changes to
  monitoring procedures, as specified in
  paragraph (b)(l) of this section,  may be
  made in the site-specific performance
  evaluation plan.
    (5) Approval of request to use
  alternative monitoring procedure.
    (i) The Administrator will notify the
 owner or operator of approval or
 intention to deny approval of the
 request to use an alternative monitoring
 method within 30 calendar days after
 receipt of the original request and
 within 30 calendar days after receipt of
 any supplementary information  that is
 submitted. If a request for a minor
 change is made in conjunction with site-
 specific performance evaluation plan,
 then approval of the plan will constitute
 approval of the minor change. Before
 disapproving any request to use  an
 alternative monitoring method, the
 Administrator will notify the applicant
 of the Administrator's intention to
 disapprove the request together with—
 *****
  (g) Reduction of monitoring data.
  (1) The owner or operator of each
 CMS must reduce the monitoring data
 as specified in paragraphs (g)(l) through
 (5)  of this section.
 *****
  (5) Monitoring data recorded during
 periods of unavoidable CMS
 breakdowns, out-of-control periods,
 repairs, maintenance periods,
 calibration checks, and zero (low-level)
 and high-level adjustments must not be
 included in any data average computed
 under this part. For the owner or
 operator complying with the
 requirements of §63.10(b)(2)(vii)(A) or
 (B), data averages must include any data
recorded during periods of monitor
breakdown or malfunction.
  10. Section 63.9 is amended by:
  a. Revising paragraph (aHl);
  b. Revising paragraph (b)(2)(iv);
  c. Removing and reserving paragraph
                         d. Revising the introductory text of
                       paragraph (b)(4);
                         e. Revising paragraph (b)(4)(i);
                         f. Removing and reserving paragraphs
                       (b)(4)(ii) through (iii).
                         g. Revising paragraph [b)(5);
                         h. Revising paragraph (h)(2)(i)(E); and
                         i. Revising the first sentence of
                       paragraph (h)(2)(ii);
                         The revisions and additions read as
                       follows:

                       §63.9 Notification requirements.
                         (a)* * *
                         (1) The applicability of this section is
                       setoutin§63.1(a)(4).
                       *****
                         (b)* * *
                         (2)* * *
                         (iv) A brief description of the nature,
                       size, design, and method of operation of
                       the source and an identification of the
                       types of emission points within the
                       affected source subject to the relevant
                       standard and types of hazardous air
                       pollutants emitted; and
                       *****
                         (3) [Reserved]
                         (4) The owner or operator of a new or
                       reconstructed major affected source for
                       which an application for approval of
                       construction or reconstruction is
                       required under § 63.5(d) must provide
                       the following information in writing to
                       the Administrator:
                         (i) A notification of intention to
                       construct a new major-emitting affected
                       source, reconstruct a major-emitting
                       affected source, or reconstruct a major
                       source such that the source becomes a
                       major-emitting affected source with the
                       application for approval of construction
                       or reconstruction as specified in
                       §63.5(d)(l)(i);and
                        (ii) [Reserved]
                        (iii) [Reserved]
                      ******
                        (5) The owner or operator of a new or
                      reconstructed affected source for which
                      an application for approval of
                      construction or reconstruction is not
                      required under § 63.5(d) must provide
                      the following information in writing to
                      the Administrator:
                        (i) A notification of intention to
                      construct a new affected source,
                      reconstruct an affected source, or
                      reconstruct a source such that the
                      source becomes an affected source, and
                        (ii) A notification of the actual date of
                      startup of the source, delivered or
                      postmarked within 15 calendar days
                      after that date.
                        (iii) Unless the owner or operator has
                      requested and received prior permission
                      from the Administrator to submit less
                      than the information in § 63.5(d), the
                      notification must include the
  information required on the application
  for approval of construction or
  reconstruction as specified in
    (h)* *  *
    (2)(i) * •*  *
    (E) If the relevant standard applies to
  both major and area sources, an analysis
  demonstrating whether the affected
  source is a major source (using the
  emissions data generated for this
  notification);
  *****        •
    (ii) The notification must be sent
  before the close of business on the 60th
  day following the completion of the
  relevant compliance demonstration
  activity (or activities that have the same
  compliance date) specified in the
  relevant standard (unless a different
  reporting period is specified in the
  standard, in which case the letter must
  be sent before the close of business on
  the day the report of the relevant testing
  or monitoring results is required to be
  delivered or postmarked). * * *
  *    *     *   - *     *

    11. Section 63.10 is amended by:
   a. Revising paragraph (a)(l);
   b. Revising paragraphs (b)(2)(ii)
 through (b)(2)(v);
   c. Revising paragraph (b)(3); and
   d. Revising the second sentence of
 paragraph (d)(5)(i).
   The revisions read as follows:

 §63.10  Recordkeeping and reporting
 requirements.
   (a)*  * *
   (1) The applicability of this section is
 set out in §63.1(a)(4).
 *****
   (b) *  •*- *
 .  (2)*  * *                      '
   (ii) The occurrence and duration of
 each malfunction of the required air
 pollution control and monitoring
 equipment;
   (iii) All required maintenance
 performed on the air pollution control
 and monitoring equipment;
   (iv) Actions taken during periods of
 startup, shutdown, and malfunction
 (including corrective actions to restore
 malfunctioning process and  air
 pollution control and monitoring
 equipment to its normal or usual
 manner of operation) when such actions
 are different from the procedures
 specified in the affected source's
 startup, shutdown, and malfunction
 plan (see §63.6(e)(3));
 , (v) All information necessary to
 demonstrate conformance with the
affected source's startup, shutdown, and
malfunction plan (see § 63.6(e)(3)) when
all actions taken during periods of

-------
                Federal Register/Vol. 67, No.  66/Friday, April 5, 2002/Rules  and Regulations
                                                                     16605
startup, shutdown, and;malfunction
(including corrective actions to restore
malfunctioning process and air
pollution control and monitoring
equipment to its normal or usual
manner of operation) are consistent with
the procedures specified in such plan.
(The information needed to demonstrate
conformance with the startup,
shutdown, and malfunction plan may be
recorded using a "checklist," or some
other effective form of recordkeeping, in
order to minimize the recordkeeping
burden for conforming events);
*****
  (3) Recordkeeping requirement for
applicability determinations. If an    •
owner or operator determines that his or
her stationary source that emits (or has
the potential to emit, without
considering controls) one or more
hazardous air pollutants regulated by
any standard established pursuant to
section 112(d) or (f), and that stationary
source is in the source category
regulated by the relevant standard, but
that source is not subject to the relevant
standard (or other requirement
established under this part) because of
limitations on the source's potential to
emit or an exclusion, the owner or
operator must keep a record of the
applicability determination on site at
•the source for a period of 5 years after
the determination, or until the source
changes its operations to become an
affected source, whichever comes first.
The record of the applicability
determination must be signed by the
person making the determination and
include an analysis (or other
information) that demonstrates why the
owner or operator believes the source is
unaffected (e.g., because the source is an
area source). The analysis (or other
information) must be sufficiently
detailed to allow the Administrator to
make a finding about the source's
applicability status with regard to the
relevant standard or other requirement.
irrelevant, the analysis must be
performed in accordance with
requirements established in relevant
subparts of this part for this purpose for
particular categories of stationary
sources. Ifrelevant, the analysis should
be performed in accordance with EPA
guidance materials published to as'sist
sources in making applicability
determinations under section 112,  if
any. The requirements to determine
applicability of a standard under
§ 63.1(b)(3) and to record the results of
that determination under paragraph
(b)(3) of this section shall not by
themselves create an obligation for the
owner or operator to obtain a title V
permit.
*****
  (d)* *  *
  (5)(i) * *  * Reports shall only be
required if a startup, shutdown, or
malfunction occurred.during the
reporting period, and they must include
the number, duration, and a brief
description of each startup, shutdown,
or malfunction. *  * *
*****
  12. Section 63.11  is amended by
revising paragraph (a) to read as follows:

§ 63.11  Control device requirements.
  (a) Applicability. The applicability of
this section is set out in § 63.1(a)(4).
Subpart B—[Amended]

  13. Section 63.50 is amended by:
  1. Revising paragraph (a);
  2. Revising paragraph (b); and
  3. Removing and reserving paragraph
(c) as follows:

§63.50  Applicability.
  (a) General applicability. (1) The
requirements of this section through
§ 63.56 implement section 112(j) of the
Clean Air Act (as amended in 1990).
The requirements of this section
through § 63.56 apply in each State
beginning on the effective date of an
approved title V permit program in such
State. The requirements of this section
through § 63.56 do not  apply to research
or laboratory activities  as defined in
§63.51.
  (2) The requirements of this section
through § 63.56 apply to:
  (i) The owner or operator of affected
sources within a source category or
subcategory under this part that are
located at a major source that is subject
to an approved title V permit program
and for which the Administrator has
failed to promulgate emission standards
by the section 112(j) deadlines. If title V
applicability has been deferred for a
source category, then section 112(j) is
not applicable for sources in that
category within that State, local or tribal
jurisdiction until those sources become
subject to title V permitting
requirements; and
  (ii) Permitting authorities with an
approved title V permit program.
  (b) Relationship to State and local
requirements. Nothing  in §§ 63.50
through 63.56 shall prevent a State or
local regulatory agency from imposing
more stringent requirements, as a matter
of State or local law, than those
contained in §§ 63.50 through 63.56.
  (c) [Reserved]
  14. Section 63.51 is amended by:
  a. Revising the introductory text of
this section;
  b. Adding in alphabetical order the
definition of affected source;
  c. In the definition of Available
information by revising the introductory
text and paragraphs (2) through (5);
  d. Removing the definition of
emission point;
  e. Removing the definition of
emission unit;
  f. Revising the definition of enhanced
review;
  g. Revising the definition of
equivalent emission limitation;
  h. Removing the definition of existing
major source;       •
  i. Revising paragraphs (l)(i) and (ii) of
the definition of maximum achievable
control technology (MACT) floor;
  j. Adding in alphabetical order the
definition of new affected source;
  k. Removing the definition of new
emission unit;      '
  1. Removing the definition of new
major source;
  m. Adding in alphabetical order the
definition of research or laboratory
activities.          ;
  n. Revising the definition of section
112(j) deadline;     •,
  o. Revising the definition of similar
source; and        i
  p. Removing the definition of United
States;
  The revisions and additions read as
follows:

§63.51  Definitions.
  Terms used in §§ 63.50 through 63.56
that are not defined in this section have
the meaning given to them in the Act,
or in subpart A of this part.
  Affected source means the collection
of equipment, activities, or both within
a single contiguous  area and under
common control that is in  a section
112(c) source category or subcategory
for which the Administrator has failed
to promulgate an emission standard by
the section 112(j) deadline, and that is
addressed by an applicable MACT
emission limitation established
pursuant to this subpart.
  Available information means, for
purposes of conducting a MACT floor
finding  and identifying control
technology options  under this subpart,
any information that is available as of
the date on which thje first Part 2 MACT
application is filed for a source in the
relevant source category or subcategory
in the State or jurisdiction; and,
pursuant to the requirements of this
subpart, is additional relevant
information that can be expeditiously
provided by the Administrator, is
submitted by the applicant or others
prior to or during the public comment

-------
 16606
Federal Register /Vol.  67,  No. 66/Friday, April 5, 2002/Rules  and Regulations
 period on the section 112(j) equivalent
 emission limitation for that source, or
 information contained in the
 information sources in paragraphs (1)
 through (5) of this definition.
   (1) * * *
   (2) Relevant background information
 documents for a draft or proposed
 regulation.
   (3) Any relevant regulation,
 information or guidance collected by the
 Administrator establishing a MACT
 floor finding and/or MACT
 determination.
   (4) Relevant data and information
 available from the Clean Air Technology
 Center developed pursuant to section
 112(l)(3)oftheAct.
   (5) Relevant data and information
 contained in the Aerometric Information
 Retrieval System (AIRS).
 *****
   Enhanced review means a review
 process containing all administrative
 steps needed to  ensure that the terms
 and conditions resulting from the
 review process can be incorporated
 using title V permitting procedures.
   Equivalent emission limitation means
 an emission limitation, established
 under section 112(j) of the Act, which
 is equivalent to the MACT standard that
 EPA would have promulgated under
 section 112(d) or (h) of the Act.
 *****
   Maximum achievable control
 technology (MACT) floor means:
   (1) *  * *
   (i) The average emission limitation
 achieved by the best performing 12
 percent of the existing sources in the
 United States (for which the
 Administrator has emissions
 information), excluding those sources
 that have,.within 18 months before the
 emission standard is proposed or within
 30 months before such standard is
 promulgated, whichever is later, first
 achieved a level  of emission rate or
 emission reduction which complies, or
 would comply if the source is not
 subject to such standard, with the
 lowest achievable emission rate (as
 defined in section 171 of the Act)
 applicable to the source category and
prevailing at the  time, in the category or
 subcategory, for categories and
 subcategories of stationary sources with
 30 or more sources; or
  (ii) The average emission  limitation
achieved by the best performing five
sources (for which the Administrator
has or could reasonably obtain .
emissions information) in the category
or subcategory, for categories or
subcategories with fewer than 30
sources;
                         New affected source means the
                       collection of equipment, activities, or
                       both, that if constructed after the
                       issuance of a section 112(j) permit for
                       the source pursuant to § 63.52, is subject
                       to the applicable MACT emission
                       limitation for new sources/Each permit
                       must define the term "new affected
                       source," which will be the same as the
                       "affected source" unless a different
                       collection is warranted based on
                       consideration of factors including:
                         (1) Emission reduction impacts of
                       controlling individual sources versus
                       groups of sources;
                         (2) Cost effectiveness of controlling
                       individual equipment;
                         (3) Flexibility to accommodate
                       common control strategies;
                         (4) Cost/benefits of emissions
                       averaging;                    •
                         (5) Incentives for pollution
                       prevention;
                         (6) Feasibility and cost of controlling
                       processes that share common equipment
                       (e.g., product recovery devices);
                         (7) Feasibility and cost of monitoring;
                       and •
                         (8) Other relevant factors.
                       *    *     *    *     *
                         Research or laboratory activities
                       means activities whose primary purpose
                       is to conduct research and development
                       into new processes and products where
                       such activities are operated under the
                       close supervision of technically trained
                       personnel and are not engaged in the
                       manufacture of products for commercial
                       sale in commerce, except in a de
                       minimis manner; and where the source
                       is not in a source category, specifically
                       addressing research or laboratory
                       activities, that is listed pursuant to
                       section 112(c)(7) of the Act.
                         Section 112(j) deadline means the
                      date 18 months after the date for which
                      a relevant standard is scheduled to be
                      promulgated under this part, except that
                      for all major sources listed in the source
                      category schedule for which a relevant
                      standard is scheduled to be promulgated
                      by November 15,1994, the section
                      112(j) deadline is November 15, 1996,
                      and for all major sources listed in the
                      source category schedule for which a
                      relevant standard is  scheduled to be
                      promulgated by November 15,1997, the
                      section 112(j) deadline is December 15,
                      1999.
                        Similar source means that equipment
                      or collection of equipment that, by
                      virtue of its structure, operability, type
                      of emissions and volume and,
                      concentration of emissions, is
                      substantially equivalent to the new
                      affected source and employs control
                      technology for control of emissions of
 hazardous air pollutants that is practical
 .for use on the new affected source.
 **'**•*

    15. Section 63.52 is revised to read as
 follows:

 •§ 63.52  Approval process for new and
 existing affected sources.
    (a) Sources subject to section 112(j) as
 of the section 112(j) deadline. The
 requirements of paragraphs (a)(l) and
 (2) of this section apply to major sources
 that include, as of the section 112(j)
 deadline, one or more sources in a
 category or subcategory for which the
 Administrator has failed to promulgate
 an emission standard under this part on
 or before an applicable section 112(j)
 deadline. Existing source MACT
 requirements (including relevant
 compliance  deadlines), as specified in a
 title V permit issued to the source
 pursuant to the requirements of the
 subpart, must apply to such sources.
   (l) The owner or operator must
 submit an application for a title V
 permit or for a revision to an existing
 title V permit or a pending title V permit
 meeting the requirements of § 63.53(a)
 by the section 112(j) deadline if the
 owner or operator can reasonably
 determine that one or more sources at
 the major source belong in the category
 or subcategory subject to section 112(j).
   (2) If an application  was not
 submitted under paragraph (a)(l) of this
 section and if notified  by the permitting
 authority, the owner or operator must
 submit an application, for a title V
 permit or for a revision to an existing
 title V permit or a pending title V permit
 meeting the requirements of § 63.53(a)
 within 30'days after being notified in
 writing by the permitting authority that
 one or more sources at the major source
 belong to such category or subcategory.
 Permitting authorities are not required'
 to make such notification.
   (3) The requirements in paragraphs
 (a)(3)(i) through (ii) of this section apply
 when the owner or operator has
 obtained a title V permit that
 incorporates  a case-by-case MACT
 determination by the permitting
 authority under section 112(g) or has
 submitted a title V permit application
 for a revision that incorporates a case-
 by-case MACT determination under
 section 112(g), but has not submitted an
 application for a title V permit revision
 that addresses the emission limitation
 requirements of section 112(j).
  (i) When the owner or operator has a
 title V permit that incorporates a case-
by-case MACT determination by the
permitting authority under section
 112(g), the owner or operator must
submit an application meeting the
requirements of § 63.53(a) for a title V

-------
                Federal Register/Vol. 67, No.  66/Friday, April 5, 2002/Rules and Regulations
                                                                     16607
permit revision within 30 days of the
section 112(j) deadline or within 30
days of being notified in writing by the
permitting authority that one or more
sources at the major source belong in
such category or subcategory. Using the
procedures established in paragraph (e)
of this section, the permitting authority
must determine whether the emission
limitations adopted pursuant to the
prior case-by-case MACT determination
under section 112[g) are substantially as
effective as the emission limitations
which the permitting authority would
otherwise adopt pursuant to section
112(j) for the source in question.  If the
permitting authority determines that the
emission limitations previously adopted
to effectuate section 112(g) are
substantially as effective as the emission
limitations which the permitting
authority would otherwise adopt to
effectuate section 112(j) for the source,
then the permitting authority must
retain the existing emission limitations
in the permit as the emission limitations
to effectuate section 112(j). The title V
permit applicable to that source must be
revised accordingly. If the permitting
authority does not retain the existing
emission limitations in the permit as the
emission limitations to effectuate
section 112(j), the MACT requirements
of this subpart are satisfied upon
issuance of a revised title V permit
incorporating any additional section
112(j) requirements.
  (ii) When the owner or operator has
submitted a title V permit application
that incorporates a case-by-case MACT
determination by the permitting
authority under section 112(g), but has
not received the permit incorporating
the section 112(g) requirements, the
owner or operator must continue to
pursue a title V permit that addresses
the emission limitation requirements of
section 112(g). Within 30 days of
issuance of that title V permit, the
owner or operator must submit an
application meeting the requirements of
§ 63.53(a) for a change to the existing
title V permit. Using the procedures
established in paragraph (e) of this
section, the permitting authority  must
determine whether the emission
limitations adopted pursuant to the
prior case-by-case MACT determination
under section 112(g) are substantially as
effective as the emission limitations
which the permitting authority would
otherwise adopt pursuant to section
112(j) for the source in question.  If the
permitting authority'determines that the
emission limitations previously adopted
to effectuate section 112(g) are
substantially as effective as the emission
limitations which the permitting
authority would otherwise adopt to
effectuate section 112(j) for the source,
then the permitting authority must
retain the existing emission limitations
in the permit as the emission limitations.
to effectuate section 112(j). The title V
permit applicable to that source must be
revised accordingly. If the permitting
authority does riot retain the existing
emission limitations in the permit as the
emission limitations to effectuate
section 112(j), the MACT requirements
of this subpart are satisfied upon
issuance of a revised title V permit
incorporating any additional section
112(i) requirements.
  (b) Sources that become subject to
section 112(j) after the section 112(j)
deadline and that do not have a title V
permit addressing section 112(j)
requirements. The requirements of
paragraphs (b)(l) through (4) of this
section apply to sources that do not
meet the criteria in paragraph (a) of this
section on the section 112(j) deadline
and are, therefore, not subject to section
112(j) on that date, but where events
occur subsequent to the section 112(j)
deadline that would bring the source
under the requirements of this subpart,
and the source does not have a title .V
permit that addresses the requirements
of section 112(j).
  (1) When one or more sources in a
category or subcategory subject to the
requirements of this subpart are
installed at a major source, or result in
the source becoming a major source due
to the installation, and the installation
does not invoke section 112(g)
requirements, the owner or operator
must submit an application meeting the
requirements of § 63.53(a) within 30
days of startup of the source. This
application shall be reviewed using the
procedures established in paragraph (e)
of this section. Existing source MACT
requirements (including relevant
compliance deadlines), as specified in a
title V permit issued pursuant to  the
requirements of this subpart, shall apply
to such sources.
  (2) The requirements in this
paragraph apply when one or more
sources in a category or subcategory
subject to this subpart are installed at a
major source, or result in the source
becoming a major source due to the
installation, and the installation does
require emission limitations to  be
established and permitted under  section
112(g), and the owner or operator has
not submitted an application for a title
V permit revision that addresses the
emission limitation requirements of
section 112(j). In this case, the owner or
operator must apply for and obtain a
title V permit that addresses the
emission limitation requirements of
section 112(g). Within 30 days of
issuance of that title V permit, the
owner or operator must submit an
application meeting the requirements of
§ 63.53(a) for a revision to the existing
title V permit. Using the procedures
established in paragraph (e) of this
section, the permitting authority must
determine whether the emission
limitations adopted pursuant to the
prior case-by-case MACT determination
under section 112(g) are substantially as
effective as the emission limitations
which the permitting authority would
otherwise adopt pursuant to section
112(j) for the source in question. If the
permitting authority determines that the
emission limitations previously adopted
to effectuate section il2(g) are
substantially as effective as the emission
limitations which the permitting
authority would otiierwise adopt to
effectuate section 112(j) for the source,
then the permitting authority must
retain the existing emission limitations
in the permit as the emission limitations
to effectuate section 112(j). The title V
permit applicable to that source must be
revised accordingly. If the permitting
authority does not retain the existing
emission limitations (in the permit as die
emission limitations [to effectuate
section 112(j), the MACT requirements
of this subpart are satisfied upon
issuance of a revised title V permit
incorporating any additional section
112(i) requirements.
  (3J The owner or operator of an area
source that, due to a relaxation in any
federally enforceable emission
limitation (such as a restriction on hours
of operation), increases its potential to
emit hazardous air pollutants such that
the source becomes a major source that
is subject to this subpart, must submit
an application meeting the requirements
of § 63.53(a) for a title V permit or for
ah application for a title V permit
revision within 30 days after the date
that such source becomes a major
source. This application must be
reviewed using the procedures
established in paragraph (e) of this
section. Existing source MACT
requirements (including relevant
compliance deadlines), as specified in a
title V permit issued pursuant to the
requirements of this subpart, must apply
to such sources.
  (4) On or after April 5, 2002, if the
Administrator establishes a lesser
quantity emission rate under section
112(a)(l) of the Act that results in an
area source becoming a major source
that is subject to this subpart, then the
owner or operator of such a major
source must submit an application
meeting the requirements of § 63.53(a)
for a title V permit or for a change to an

-------
  16608
Federal Register/Vol.  67,  No. 66/Friday, April  5,  2002/Rules and Regulations
  existing title V permit or pending title
  V permit on or before the date 6 months
  after the date that such source becomes
  a major source. Existing source MACT
  requirements (including relevant
  compliance deadlines), as specified in a
  title V permit issued pursuant to the
  requirements of this subpart, shall apply
'  to such sources.
    (c) Sources that have a title Vpermit
  addressing section 112(j) requirements.
  The requirements of paragraphs (c)(l)
  and (2) of this section apply to major
  sources that include one or more
  sources in a category or subcategory for
  which the Administrator fails to
  promulgate an emission standard under
  this part on or before an applicable
  section 112(j) deadline, and the owner
  or operator has a permit meeting the
  section 112(j) requirements, and where
  changes occur at the major source to
  equipment, activities, or both,
  subsequent to the section 112(j)
  deadline.
    (1) If the title V permit already
  provides the appropriate requirements
  that address the events that occur under
  paragraph (c) of this section subsequent
  to the section  112(j) deadline, then the
  source must comply with the applicable
  new source MACT or existing source
  MACT requirements as specified in the
  permit, and the section 112(j)
  requirements are  thus satisfied.
    (2) If the title V permit does not
  contain the appropriate requirements
  that address the events that occur under
  paragraph (c) of this section subsequent
  to the section 112(j) deadline, then the
  owner or operator must submit an
  application for a revision to the existing
  title V permit that meets the
  requirements of §63.53(a). The
  application must  be submitted within
  30 days of beginning construction and
  must be reviewed using the procedures
  established in  paragraph (e) of this
  section. Existing source MACT
  requirements (including relevant
  compliance deadlines), as specified in a
  title V permit issued pursuant to the
  requirements of this subpart, shall apply
  to such sources.
   (d) Requests for applicability
  determination or notice of MACT
  approval.
   (1) An owner or operator who is
 unsure of whether one or more sources
 at a major source belong in a category
 or subcategory for which the
 Administrator has failed to promulgate
 an emission standard under this part
 may, on or before  an applicable section
 112(j) deadline, request an applicability
 determination from the permitting
 authority by submitting an application
 meeting the requirements of § 63.53(a)
                       by the applicable deadlines specified in
                       paragraphs (a), (b), or (c) of this section.
                         (2) In addition to meeting the
                       requirements of paragraphs (a), (b), and
                       (c) of this section, the owner or operator
                       of a new affected source may submit an
                       application for a Notice of MACT
                       Approval before construction, pursuant
                       to §63.54.         ,
                         (e) Permit application review.
                         (1) Within 24 months after an owner
                       or operator submits a Part 1 MACT
                       application meeting the requirements of
                       § 63.53(a), the owner or operator must
                       submit a Part 2 MACT application
                       meeting the requirements of § 63.53(b).
                       Part 2 MACT applications must be
                       reviewed by the permitting authority
                       according to procedures established in
                       § 63.55. The resulting MACT
                       determination must be incorporated into
                       the source's title V permit according to
                       procedures established under title V,
                       and any other regulations approved
                       under title V in the jurisdiction in
                       which the affected source is located.
                         (2) Notwithstanding paragraph (e)(l)
                       of this section, the owner or operator
                       may request either an applicability
                       determination or an equivalency
                       determination by the permitting
                       authority as provided in paragraphs
                       (e)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section.
                        (i) As specified in paragraph (d)(l) of
                      this section, an owner or operator may
                      request, through submittal of an
                      application pursuant to § 63.53(a), a
                      determination by the permitting
                      authority of whether one or more
                      sources at a major source belong in a
                      category or subcategory for which the
                      Administrator has failed to promulgate
                      an emission standard Under this part. If
                      the applicability determination is
                      positive, the owner or operator must
                      comply with the applicable provisions
                      of this subpart. The owner or operator
                      must submit a Part 2 MACT application
                      within 24 months after being notified of
                      the positive applicability determination.
                      If the applicability determination is
                      negative, then no further action by the
                      owner or operator is necessary.
                        (ii) As specified in paragraphs (a) and
                      (b) of this section, an owner or operator
                      may request, through submittal of an
                      application meeting the requirements of
                      § 63.53(a), a determination by the
                      permitting authority of whether
                      emission limitations adopted pursuant
                      to a prior case^by-case MACT
                      determination under section 112(g) that
                      apply to one or more sources at a major
                      source in a relevant category or
                      subcategory are substantially as effective
                      as the emission limitations which the
                      permitting authority would otherwise
                      adopt pursuant to section 112(j) for the
                      source in question. The process for
  determination by the permitting
  authority of whether the emission
  limitations in the prior case-by-case
  MACT determination are substantially
  as effective as the emission limitations
  which the permitting authority would
  otherwise adopt under section 112(j)
  must include the opportunity for full
  public, EPA, and affected State review
  prior to a final determination. If the
  permitting authority determines that the
  emission limitations in the prior case-
  by-case MACT determination are
  substantially as effective as the emission
  limitations which the permitting
  authority would otherwise adopt under
  section 112(j), then the permitting
  authority must adopt the existing
  emission limitations in the permit as the
  emission limitations to effectuate
  section 112(j) for the source in question.
  If more than 3 years remain on the
  current title V permit, the owner or
  operator must submit an application for
  a title V permit revision to make any
 conforming changes in the permit
 required to adopt the existing emission
 limitations as the section 112(j) MACT
 emission limitations. If less than 3 years
 remain on the current title V permit, any
 required conforming changes must be   •>
 made when the permit is renewed. If the
 permitting authority determines that the
 emission limitations in the prior case-
 by-case MACT determination under
 section 112(g) are not substantially as
 effective as the emission limitations
 which the permitting authority would
 otherwise adopt for the source in
 question under section 112(j), the owner
 or operator must comply with the
 applicable provisions of this subpart.
 The owner or operator must submit a
 Part 2 MACT application within 24
 months of being notified of such a
 negative determination. A negative
 determination under this section
 constitutes final action for purposes of
 judicial review under 40 CFR
 70.4(b)(3)(x) and corresponding State
 title V program provisions.
   (3) Within 60 days of submittal of the
 Part 2 MACT application, the permitting
 authority must notify the owner or
 operator in writing whether the
 application is complete or incomplete.
 The Part 2 MACT application shall be
 deemed complete on the date it was
 submitted unless the permitting
 authority notifies the owner or operator
 in writing within 60 days of the
 submittal that the Part 2 MACT
 application is incomplete. A Part 2
 MACT application is complete if it is
 sufficient to begin processing the
application for a title V permit
addressing section 112(j) requirements.
In the event that the permitting

-------
                Federal Register /Vol.  67,  No. 66/Friday, April 5,  2002/Rules and Regulations
                                                                     16609
authority disapproves a permit
application or determines that the
application is incomplete, the owner or
operator must revise and resubmit the
application to meet the objections of the
permitting authority. The permitting
authority must specify a reasonable
period in which the owner or operator
is required to remedy the deficiencies in
the disapproved or incomplete
application. This period may not exceed
6 months from the date the owner or
operator is first notified that the
application has been disapproved or is
incomplete.
  (4) Following submittal of a Part 1 or
Part 2 MACT application, the permitting
authority may request additional
information from the owner or operator.
The owner or operator must respond to
such requests in a timely manner.
  (5) If the owner or operator has
submitted a timely and complete
application as required by this section,
any failure to have a title V permit
addressing section 112(j) requirements
shall not be a violation of section 112(j),
unless the delay in final action is due
to the failure of the applicant to submit,
in a timely manner, information
required or requested to  process the
application. Once a complete
application is submitted, the owner or
operator shall not be in violation of the
requirement to have a title V permit
addressing section 112(j) requirements.
  (f) Permit content. The title V permit
must contain an equivalent emission
limitation (or limitations) for the
relevant category or subcategory
determined on a case-by-case basis by-
the permitting authority, or, if the
applicable criteria in subpart D of this
part are met, the title V permit may
contain an alternative emission
limitation. For the purposes of the
preceding sentence, early reductions
made pursuant  to section 112(i)(5)(A) of
the Act must be achieved not later than
the date on which the relevant standard
should have been promulgated
according to the source category
schedule for standards.
  (1) The title V permit must contain an
emission standard or emission
limitation that is equivalent to existing
source MACT and an emission standard
or emission limitation that is equivalent
to new source MACT for control of
emissions of hazardous air pollutants.
The MACT emission standards or
limitations must be determined by the
permitting authority and must be based
on the degree of emission reductions
that can be achieved if the control
technologies or work practices are
installed, maintained, and operated
properly. The permit must also specify
the affected source and the new affected
source. If construction of a new affected
source or reconstruction of an affected
source commences after a title V permit
meeting the requirements of section
112(j) has been issued for the source, the
new source MACT compliance dates
must apply.
  (2) The title V permit must specify
any notification, operation and
maintenance, performance testing,
monitoring, and reporting and
recordkeeping requirements. In
developing the title V permit, the
permitting authority must consider and
specify the appropriate provisions of
subpart A of this part. The title V permit
must also include the information in
paragraphs (fj(2)(i} through (iii) of this
section.
  (i) In addition to the MACT emission
limitation required by paragraph (f)(l) of
this section, additional emission limits,
production limits, operational limits or
other terms and conditions necessary to
ensure practicable enforceability of the
MACT emission limitation.
  (ii) Compliance certifications, testing,
monitoring, reporting and
recordkeeping requirements that are
consistent with requirements
established, pursuant to title V and
paragraph (h) of this section.
  (iii) Compliance dates by which the
owner or operator must be in
compliance with the MACT emission
limitation and all  other applicable terms
and conditions of the permit.
  (A) The owner or operator of an
affected source subject to the
requirements of this subpart must
comply with the emission limitation(s)
by the date established in the source's
title V permit. In no case shall such
compliance date be later than 3 years
after the issuance  of the permit for that
source, except where the permitting
authority issues a permit that grants an
additional year to comply in accordance
with section 112(i)(3)(B) of the Act, or
unless otherwise specified in section
112 (i), or in subpart D of this part.
  (B) The owner or operator of a new
affected source, as defined in the title V
permit meeting the requirements of
section 112(j), that is subject to the
requirements of this subpart must
comply with a new source MACT level
of control immediately upon startup of
the new affected source.
  (g) Permit issuance dates.
  The permitting authority must issue a
title V permit meeting section 112(j)
requirements within 18 months after
submittal of the complete Part 2 MACT
application.
  (h) Enhanced monitoring. In
accordance with section 114(a)(3) of the
Act, monitoring shall be capable of
demonstrating continuous compliance
for each compliance period during the
applicable reporting period. Such
monitoring data shall be of sufficient
quality to be used as a basis for directly
enforcing all applicable requirements
established under this subpart,
including emission limitations.
  (i) MACT emission limitations.
  (1) The owner or operator of affected
sources subject to paragraphs (a), (b),
and (c) of this section must comply with
all requirements of this subpart that are
applicable to affected sources, including
the compliance date for affected sources
established in paragraph (f)(2)(iii)(A) of
this section.
  (2) The owner or operator of new
affected sources subject to paragraph
(c)(l) of this section must comply with
all requirements of this subpart that are
applicable to new affected  sources,
including the compliance date for new
affected sources established in
paragraph (f)(2)(iii)(B) of this section.
  16. Section 63.53 is revised to read as
follows:

§ 63.53  Application content  for case-by-
case MACT determinations.
  (a) Port I MACT application. The Part
1 application for a MACT determination
must contain the information in
paragraphs (a)(l) through (4) of this
section.
  (1) The name and address (physical
location) of the major source.
  (2) A brief description of the major
source and an identification of the
relevant source category.
  (3) An identification of the types of
emission points belonging  to the
relevant source category.
  (4) An identification of any affected
sources for which a section t!2(g)
MACT determination has been made.
  (b) Part 2 MACT application.
  (1) The Part 2 application for a MACT
determination must contain the
information in paragraphs  (b)(l)(i)
through (vi) of this section.
  (i) For a new affected source, the
anticipated date of startup  of operation.
  (ii) The hazardous air pollutants
emitted by each affected source in the
relevant source category and an
estimated total uncontrolled and
controlled emission rate for hazardous
air pollutants from the affected source.
  (iii) Any existing Federal, State, or
local limitations or requirements
applicable to the affected source.
•  (iv) For each affected emission point
or group of affected emission points, an
identification of control technology in
place.              !
  (v) Information relevant to
establishing the MACT floor, and, at the
option of the owner or operator, a
recommended MACT floor.

-------
 16610
Federal Register/Vol.  67, No. 66/Friday,  April 5, 2002/Rules and  Regulations
   (vi) Any other information reasonably
 needed by the permitting authority
 including, at the discretion of the
 permitting authority, information
 required pursuant to subpart A of this
 part.
   (2) The Part 2 application for a MACT
 determination may, but is not required
 to, contain the following information:
   (i) Recommended emission
 limitations for the affected source and
 support information consistent with
 § 63.52(f). The owner or operator may
 recommend a specific design,
 equipment, work practice, or
 operational standard, or combination
 thereof, as an emission limitation.
   (ii) A description of the control
 technologies that would be applied to
 meet the emission limitation including
 technical information on the design,
 operation, size, estimated control
 efficiency and any other information
 deemed appropriate by the permitting
 authority, and identification of the
 affected sources to which the control
 technologies must be applied.
   (iii) Relevant parameters  to be
 monitored and frequency of monitoring
 to demonstrate continuous  compliance
 with the MACT emission limitation over
 the applicable reporting period.
   17. Section 63.54 is amended by:
   a. Revising the section heading and
 adding introductory text;
   b. Revising paragraph (a)(l) through
 (2);
   c. Revising paragraph (b)  introductory
 text;
   d. Revising paragraph (b)(6);
   e. Revising paragraph (c)(3);
  f. Revising paragraph (d);
  g. Removing paragraph (e);
  h. Removing paragraph (f);
  i. Redesignating paragraph (g) as (e)
 and revising newly designated
 paragraph (e);  and
  j. Redesignating paragraph (h) as (f).
  The revisions and addition read as
 follows:

 §63.54  Preconstruction review procedures
 for new affected sources.
  The  requirements of this section
 apply to an owner or operator who
 constructs a new affected source subject
 to § 63.52(cXl). The purpose of this
 section is to describe alternative review
 processes that the permitting authority
 may use to make a MACT determination
 for .the new affected source.
  (a) Review process for new affected
 sources. (1) If the permitting authority
requires an owner or operator to obtain
 or revise a title V permit before
construction of the new affected source,
 or when the owner or operator chooses
to obtain or revise a title V permit before
construction, the owner or operator
                       must follow the procedures established
                       under the applicable title V permit -
                       program before construction of the new
                       affected source.    •
                         (2) If an owner or operator is not
                       required to obtain or revise a title V
                       permit before construction of the new
                       affected source (and has not elected to
                       do so), but the new affected source is
                       covered by any preconstruction or
                       preoperation review requirements
                       established pursuant to section 112 (g) of
                       the Act, then the owner or operator
                       must comply with those requirements in
                       order to ensure that the requirements of
                       section 112(j) and (g) are satisfied. If the
                       new affected source is not covered by
                       section 112(g), the permitting authority,
                       in its discretion, may issue a Notice of
                       MACT Approval, or the equivalent, in
                       accordance with the procedures set
                       forth in paragraphs (b) through (f) of this
                       section, or an equivalent permit review
                       process, before construction or
                       operation of the new affected source.
                       *    *     *    *    *
                         (b) Optional administrative
                       procedures for preconstruction or
                       preoperation review for new affected
                       sources. The permitting authority may
                       provide for  an-enhanced review of
                       section 112(j) MACT determinations for
                       review procedures and compliance
                       requirements equivalent to those set
                       forth in paragraphs (b)  through (f) of this
                       section.
                       *****
                         (6) Approval of an applicant's
                       proposed control technology must be set
                       forth in a Notice of MACT Approval [or
                       the equivalent] as described in
                       § 63.52(f).
                         (c) Opportunity for public comment
                       on notice of MACT approval. * *  *
                       *****
                         (3) A notice by prominent
                       advertisement in the area affected of the
                       location of the source information and
                       analysis specified in § 63.52(f). The form
                       and content of the notice must be
                       substantially equivalent to that found in
                       §70.7 of this chapter.
                       *****
                         (d) Review by the EPA and affected
                       States. The permitting authority must
                       send copies  of the preliminary notice (in
                       time for comment) and final notice
                       required by paragraph (c) of this section
                       to the Administrator through the
                       appropriate Regional Office, and to all
                       other State and local air pollution
                       control agencies having jurisdiction in
                       affected States. The permitting authority
                       must provide EPA with a review period
                       for the final notice of at least 45 days
                      and shall not issue a final Notice of
                      MACT Approval until EPA objections
                      are satisfied.
   (e) Compliance with MACT
 determinations. An owner or operator of
 a major source that is subject to a MACT
 determination must comply with
 notification, operation and
 maintenance, performance testing,
 monitoring, reporting, and
 recordkeeping requirements established
 under § 63.52(h), under title V, and at
. the discretion of the permitting
 authority, under subpart A of this part.
 The permitting authority must provide
 the EPA with the opportunity to review
 compliance requirements for
 consistency with requirements
 established pursuant to title V during
 the review period under paragraph (d)
 of this section.
   18. Section 63.55 is revised to read as
 follows:

 § 63.55  Maximum achievable control
 technology (MACT) determinations for
 affected sources subject to case-by-case
 determination of equivalent emission
 limitations.

   (a) Requirements for permitting
 authorities. The permitting authority
 must determine whether the § 63.53(a)
 Part 1 and § 63.53(b) Part 2 MACT
 application is complete or an
 application for a Notice of MACT
 Approval is approvable. In either case,
 when the application is complete or
 approvable, the permitting authority
 must establish hazardous air pollutant
 emissions limitations equivalent to the
 limitations that would apply if an
 emission standard had been issued in a
 timely manner under section 112(d) or
 (h) of the Act. The permitting authority
 must establish these emissions
 limitations consistent with the
 following requirements and principles:
   (1) Emission limitations must be
 established for the equipment and
 activities within the affected sources
 within a source category or subcategory
 for which the section 112(j) deadline
 has passed.
   (2) Each emission limitation for an
 existing affected source must reflect the
 maximum degree of reduction in
 emissions of hazardous air pollutants
 (including a prohibition on such
 emissions, where achievable) that the
 permitting authority, taking into
 consideration the cost of achieving such
 emission reduction and any non-air
 quality health and environmental
 impacts and energy requirements,
 determines is achievable by affected
 sources in the category or subcategory
 for which the section 112(j) deadline
 has passed. This limitation must not be
 less stringent than the MACT floor

-------
                Federal Register/Vol. 67, No.  66/Friday,  April 5, 2002/Rules and Regulations
                                                                     16611
which must be established by the
permitting authority according to the
requirements of section 112(d)(3)(A) and
(B) and must be based upon available
information.
   (3) Each emission limitation for a new
affected source must reflect the
maximum degree of reduction in
emissions of hazardous air pollutants
(including a prohibition on such
emissions, where achievable) that the
permitting authority, taking into
consideration the cost of achieving such
emission reduction and any non-air
quality health and environmental
impacts and energy requirements,
determines is achievable. This.
limitation must not be less stringent
than the emission limitation achieved in
practice by the best controlled similar
source which must be established by the
permitting authority according to the
requirements of section 112(d)(3). This
limitation must be based upon available
information.
   (4) The permitting authority must
select a specific design, equipment,
work practice, or operational standard,
or combination thereof, when it is not
feasible to prescribe or enforce an
equivalent emission limitation due to
the nature of the process or pollutant. It
is not feasible to prescribe or enforce a
limitation when the Administrator
determines that hazardous air pollutants
•cannot be emitted through a conveyance
designed and constructed to capture
such pollutant, or that any requirement
for, or use of, such a conveyance would
be inconsistent with any Federal, State,
or local law, or the application of
measurement methodology to a
particular class of sources is not
practicable due to technological and
economic limitations.
   (5) Nothing in this subpart shall
prevent a State or local permitting
authority from establishing an emission
limitation more stringent than required
by Federal regulations.
  (b) Reporting to EPA. The owner or
operator must submit additional copies
of its Part 1 and Part 2 MACT
application for a title V permit, permit
revision, or Notice of MACT Approval,
whichever is applicable, to the EPA at
the same time the material is submitted
to the permitting authority.
  19. Section 63.56 is revised to read as
follows:

§ 63.56  Requirements for case-by-case
determination of equivalent emission
limitations after promulgation of
subsequent MACT standard.
  (a) If the Administrator promulgates a
relevant emission standard that is
applicable to one or more affected
sources within a major source before the
date a permit application under this
paragraph (a) is approved, the title V
permit must contain the promulgated
standard rather than the emission
limitation determined under § 63.52,
and the owner or operator must comp.ly
with the promulgated standard by the
compliance date in the promulgated
standard.
  (b) If the Administrator promulgates a
relevant emission standard under
section 112(d) or (h) of the Act that is
applicable to a source after the date a
permit is issued pursuant to § 63.52 or
§ 63.54, the permitting authority must
incorporate requirements of that
standard in the title V permit upon its
next renewal. The permitting authority
must establish a compliance date in the
revised permit that assures that the
owner or operator must comply with the
promulgated standard within a
reasonable time,  but not longer than 8
years after such standard is promulgated
or 8 years after the date by which the
owner or operator was first required to
comply with the emission limitation
established by the permit, whichever is ,
earlier. However, in no event shall the
period for compliance for existing
sources be shorter than that provided for
existing sources in the promulgated
standard.
  (c) Notwithstanding the requirements
of paragraph (a) or (b) of this section, the
requirements of paragraphs (c)(l) and
(2) of this section shall apply.
  (1) If the Administrator promulgates
an emission standard under section
112(d) or (h) that is applicable to an
affected source after the date a permit
application under this paragraph is
approved under § 63.52 or § 63.54, the
permitting authority is not required to
change the emission limitation in the
permit to reflect the promulgated
standard if the permitting authority
determines that the level of control
required by the emission limitation in
the permit is substantially as effective as
that required by the promulgated
standard pursuant to § 63.1(e).
  (2) If the Administrator promulgates
an emission standard under section
112(d) or (h) of the Act that is applicable
to an affected source after the date a
permit application is approved under  .
§ 63.52 or §63.54, and the level of
control required by the promulgated
standard is less stringent than the level
of control required by any emission     '
limitation in the prior MACT
determination, the permitting authority
is not required to incorporate any less
stringent emission limitation of the
promulgated standaird in the title V
permit and may in its discretion
consider any more stringent provisions
of the MACT determination to be
applicable legal requirements when
issuing or revising such a title V permit. ;
[FR Doc. 02-5861 Fileil 3-29-02; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6560-50-P

-------
TECHNICAL REPORT DATA
(Please read Instructions on reverse before completing)
1. REPORT NO. ,2.
EPA-453/R-02-001
4. TITLE AND SUBTITLE
Guidelines for MACT Determinations under Section 112(j)
Requirements
7. AUTHOR(S)
9. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION NAME AND ADDRESS
Emission Standards Division (C504-03)
Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Research Triangle Park, NC 27711
12. SPONSORING AGENCY NAME AND ADDRESS
Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Research Triangle Park, NC 27711


3. RECIPIENT'S ACCESSION NO.
5. REPORT DATE
February 2002
6. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION CODE
1
8. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION REPORT NO.
10. PROGRAM ELEMENT NO.
1 1 . CONTRACT/GRANT NO.
68-D1-0118
13. TYPE OF REPORT AND PERIOD COVERED
Final
14. SPONSORING AGENCY CODE
EPA/200/04
15. SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES •
16. ABSTRACT
The section 112(j) rule, 40 CFR 63 subpart B, requires that permitting authorities develop case-by-case
maximum achievable control technology (MACT) for major sources in source categories for which
standards are not promulgated within 18 months after the date established under section 112(e). This
document provides guidance to those permitting authorities on how to develop case-by-case MACT
17- KEY WORDS AND DOCUMENT ANALYSIS
a. DESCRIPTORS
Hazardous Air Pollutants
General Provisions
Section 112G)
18. DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT
Release Unlimited
b. IDENTIFIERS/OPEN ENDED TERMS c. COSATI Field/Groun
Air. Pollution Control
19. SECURITY CLASS (Report) 21. NO. OF PAGES
Unclassified 170
20. SECURITY CLASS (Page) 22.. PRICE
Unclassified
EPA Form 2220-1 (Rev. 4-77)    PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE

-------

-------